1 |
sng |
28 |
Installing on USB |
2 |
|
|
============================================================================== |
3 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
Installation to USB made easy |
5 |
|
|
**************************************** |
6 |
|
|
Until recently installing Clonezilla-SysRescCD on a USB disk would not |
7 |
|
|
be such a great idea, because of its size. But since USB devices become |
8 |
|
|
cheaper and cheaper, it is an interesting alternative. |
9 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
Starting with version 3.1.0, Clonezilla-SysRescCD provides an iso |
11 |
|
|
file that's ISO-Hybrided. This means (as we read at the isolynux site {{ |
12 |
|
|
http://syslinux.zytor.com/wiki/index.php/Doc/isolinux#HYBRID_CD-ROM.2FHARD_DISK_MODE |
13 |
|
|
}}) that |
14 |
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
"the iso file can be booted from either CD-ROM or from a device which BIOS |
16 |
|
|
considers a hard disk or ZIP disk, e.g. a USB key or similar. This image can |
17 |
|
|
then be copied using any raw disk writing tool (on Unix systems, typically |
18 |
|
|
"dd" or "cat") to a USB disk, or written to a CD-ROM using standard CD |
19 |
|
|
burning tools. |
20 |
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
The ISO 9660 filesystem is encapsulated in a partition (which starts at |
22 |
|
|
offset zero, which may confuse some systems.) This makes it possible for |
23 |
|
|
the operating system, once booted, to use the remainder of the device for |
24 |
|
|
persistent storage by creating a second partition." |
25 |
|
|
|
26 |
|
|
[[ important.png ]] |
27 |
|
|
Incorrect use of any raw disk writing tool could cause your operating system |
28 |
|
|
(GNU/Linux / Windows) not to boot. Confirm the command before you run it. |
29 |
|
|
|
30 |
|
|
So, from any linux box, assuming Clonezilla-SysRescCD iso file is in |
31 |
|
|
your home directory, and your USB device name is sdc4, you just execute |
32 |
|
|
the commands: |
33 |
|
|
|
34 |
|
|
umount /dev/sdc4 |
35 |
|
|
dd if=~/clonezilla-sysresccd-full-mod-"myVersion".iso of=/dev/sdc4 bs=512 |
36 |
|
|
|
37 |
|
|
And that's it. Your usb device is ready to boot!!! |
38 |
|
|
|
39 |
|
|
Installing the "hard" way |
40 |
|
|
**************************************** |
41 |
|
|
If the "easy" way does not work there is an alternative; you will use |
42 |
|
|
the Clonezilla-SysRescCD ISO file (or CD) to copy and modify a couple of |
43 |
|
|
files on the USB disk, and finally make it bootable, using syslinux {{ |
44 |
|
|
http://syslinux.zytor.com }} and its configuration file syslinux.cfg. |
45 |
|
|
|
46 |
|
|
[[ important.png ]] |
47 |
|
|
Incorrect use of syslinux could cause your operating system (GNU/Linux / |
48 |
|
|
Windows) not to boot. Confirm the command before you run it. |
49 |
|
|
|
50 |
|
|
The only thing that's important is that your USB disk must contain a VFAT |
51 |
|
|
(Windows 98 or DOS) file system. If this is not the case, refer to the |
52 |
|
|
section "Troubleshooting", to find out how you can format it, before |
53 |
|
|
copying files to it. |
54 |
|
|
|
55 |
|
|
The bootable USB disk creation procedure can be performed either from |
56 |
|
|
Linux or Windows. |
57 |
|
|
|
58 |
|
|
[[ info.png ]] |
59 |
|
|
If you want to create a bootable USB flash drive for this version |
60 |
|
|
or later, remember to use the syslinux command from syslinux |
61 |
|
|
3.71 or later. Otherwise the boot menu won't work. |
62 |
|
|
|
63 |
|
|
Installation from Linux |
64 |
|
|
--------------------- |
65 |
|
|
There are two ways you can proceed, if you are going to use Linux to |
66 |
|
|
perform the USB installation, either using a running linux box, or using |
67 |
|
|
Clonezilla-SysRescCD. |
68 |
|
|
|
69 |
|
|
I will assume that you have saved clonezilla-sysresccd-full-mod-3.1.0.iso |
70 |
|
|
in your home directory (~). |
71 |
|
|
|
72 |
|
|
Using a linux box |
73 |
|
|
--------------------- |
74 |
|
|
If you already have a linux box up and running, you can use it to create |
75 |
|
|
your Clonezilla-SysRescCD USB, without even having to burn it to CD |
76 |
|
|
beforehand. The only thing here is that you have to have syslinux {{ |
77 |
|
|
http://syslinux.zytor.com }} installed. |
78 |
|
|
|
79 |
|
|
I will assume that your CD drive is /dev/sr0 and that your USB device |
80 |
|
|
is /dev/sdc4. You may have to change any of them to reflect your system |
81 |
|
|
configuration. |
82 |
|
|
|
83 |
|
|
Boot into linux, connect your USB device and execute the following commands: |
84 |
|
|
mkdir /mnt/mycd |
85 |
|
|
mount ~/clonezilla-sysresccd-full-mod-3.1.0.iso /mnt/mycd -o loop |
86 |
|
|
mkdir /mnt/usbdevice |
87 |
|
|
mount /dev/sdc4 /mnt/usbdevice |
88 |
|
|
cp -r /mnt/mycd/* /mnt/usbdevice |
89 |
|
|
umount /mnt/mycd; rmdir /mnt/mycd |
90 |
|
|
cd /mnt/usbdevice |
91 |
|
|
rm isolinux/*.cfg |
92 |
|
|
mv isolinux/* . |
93 |
|
|
rmdir isolinux |
94 |
|
|
cd; umount /dev/sdc4 |
95 |
|
|
rmdir /mnt/usbdevice |
96 |
|
|
|
97 |
|
|
Finally make your USB device bootable, by executing |
98 |
|
|
syslinux /dev/sdc4 |
99 |
|
|
and you are done. |
100 |
|
|
|
101 |
|
|
> Using Clonezilla-SysRescCD |
102 |
|
|
If you already burnt Clonezilla-SysRescCD to CD, you can use it to create |
103 |
|
|
your Clonezilla-SysRescCD USB. |
104 |
|
|
|
105 |
|
|
I will assume that your CD drive is /dev/sr0 and that your USB device |
106 |
|
|
is /dev/sdc4. You may have to change any of them to reflect your system |
107 |
|
|
configuration. |
108 |
|
|
|
109 |
|
|
Boot SystemRescueCD using the option To RAM, and when it is fully loaded, |
110 |
|
|
execute the following commands: |
111 |
|
|
mkdir /mnt/mycd |
112 |
|
|
mount /dev/sr0 /mnt/mycd |
113 |
|
|
mkdir /mnt/usbdevice |
114 |
|
|
mount /dev/sdc4 /mnt/usbdevice |
115 |
|
|
cp -r /mnt/mycd/* /mnt/usbdevice |
116 |
|
|
umount /mnt/mycd |
117 |
|
|
cd /mnt/usbdevice |
118 |
|
|
rm isolinux/*.cfg |
119 |
|
|
mv isolinux/* . |
120 |
|
|
rmdir isolinux |
121 |
|
|
cd; umount /dev/sdc4 |
122 |
|
|
|
123 |
|
|
Finally make your USB device bootable, by executing |
124 |
|
|
syslinux /dev/sdc4 |
125 |
|
|
and you are done. |
126 |
|
|
|
127 |
|
|
Installation from Windows |
128 |
|
|
--------------------- |
129 |
|
|
Installing Clonezilla-SysRescCD from Windows is as easy as |
130 |
|
|
it is in Linux. You have to burn Clonezilla-SysRescCD to CD |
131 |
|
|
or use a CD/DVD ROM emulator software like Daemon Tools {{ |
132 |
|
|
http://www.daemon-tools.cc/dtcc/announcements.php }} to mount the ISO file. |
133 |
|
|
|
134 |
|
|
I will assume that your USB device is drive K: and your CD drive or mounted |
135 |
|
|
ISO file is drive |
136 |
|
|
D:. You may have to change any of them, in order to reflect your system |
137 |
|
|
configuration. |
138 |
|
|
|
139 |
|
|
You will have to |
140 |
|
|
|
141 |
|
|
* Copy all files from drive D: (CD or mounted ISO file) to drive K: |
142 |
|
|
(USB disk) |
143 |
|
|
* Delete all cfg files from K:isolinux |
144 |
|
|
* Move all files from K:isolinux to K: |
145 |
|
|
* Delete folder K:isolinux |
146 |
|
|
|
147 |
|
|
Now all you have to do is make your USB disk bootable. In order to do |
148 |
|
|
that you have to open a DOS window (in Windows XP press "Start / Run " |
149 |
|
|
and type cmd). Then type at DOS prompt: |
150 |
|
|
K: |
151 |
|
|
cd bootprog |
152 |
|
|
syslinux -ma K: |
153 |
|
|
|
154 |
|
|
Booting from USB |
155 |
|
|
--------------------- |
156 |
|
|
Before trying to boot from your USB device, you have to set your boot device |
157 |
|
|
at your BIOS. This means you have to reboot having your USB device connected, |
158 |
|
|
get into your BIOS (usually pressing DEL) and make the appropriate settings |
159 |
|
|
in the BOOT section. |
160 |
|
|
|
161 |
|
|
Booting Clonezilla Live should not be a problem. Just select the desired |
162 |
|
|
option and press ENTER to boot. |
163 |
|
|
|
164 |
|
|
Booting SystemRescueCD has been made equally simple with SystemRescueCD |
165 |
|
|
v 1.0.0, so you shouldn't have any problem (option cdroot is not required |
166 |
|
|
any more). |
167 |
|
|
|
168 |
|
|
If you have any problems here, you may try adding any of these boot |
169 |
|
|
parameters: |
170 |
|
|
usbstick |
171 |
|
|
doscsi |
172 |
|
|
|
173 |
|
|
Troubleshooting |
174 |
|
|
--------------------- |
175 |
|
|
Whether you can successfully boot from a USB disk or not, depends mainly on |
176 |
|
|
your BIOS. Chances are that you will not be able to boot on an old computer, |
177 |
|
|
with an old (and possibly buggy) BIOS. So I would recommend testing your |
178 |
|
|
Clonezilla-SysRescCD USB on a new computer. |
179 |
|
|
|
180 |
|
|
* I can't boot (I don't even see the splash screen) |
181 |
|
|
or Clonezilla Live does not boot |
182 |
|
|
|
183 |
|
|
The first thing you should do is double check your BIOS settings. Reboot |
184 |
|
|
having your USB device connected, get into your BIOS (usually pressing DEL) |
185 |
|
|
and make the appropriate settings in the BOOT section. |
186 |
|
|
|
187 |
|
|
If you are on linux, check that the partition on the USB disk is active |
188 |
|
|
(bootable), executing: |
189 |
|
|
fdisk -l /dev/sdc |
190 |
|
|
You should get something similar to this: |
191 |
|
|
|
192 |
|
|
Disk /dev/sdc: 1031 MB, 1031798272 bytes |
193 |
|
|
64 heads, 32 sectors/track, 983 cylinders |
194 |
|
|
Units = cylinders of 2048 * 512 = 1048576 bytes |
195 |
|
|
|
196 |
|
|
Device Boot Start End Blocks Id System |
197 |
|
|
/dev/sdc4 * 1 983 1006576 6 FAT16 |
198 |
|
|
|
199 |
|
|
If the partition is not active (no astrisk), execute: |
200 |
|
|
fdisk /dev/sdc |
201 |
|
|
and issue "Command: " a (toggle a bootable flag) and "Partition number:" |
202 |
|
|
4 (for /dev/sdc4). |
203 |
|
|
|
204 |
|
|
If you are on Windows, this is taken care of by syslinux (parameters -ma). |
205 |
|
|
|
206 |
|
|
If you still have problems booting, you should try to execute |
207 |
|
|
syslinux -s /dev/sdc4 |
208 |
|
|
from Linux, or |
209 |
|
|
syslinux -sma K: |
210 |
|
|
from Windows (from folder K:syslinux). |
211 |
|
|
|
212 |
|
|
syslinux man page reads: |
213 |
|
|
|
214 |
|
|
(Option) -s |
215 |
|
|
Install a "safe, slow and stupid" version of syslinux. This version may work |
216 |
|
|
on some very buggy BIOSes on which syslinux would otherwise fail. If you find |
217 |
|
|
a machine on which the -s option is required to make it boot reliably, please |
218 |
|
|
send as much info about your machine as you can, and include the failure |
219 |
|
|
mode. |
220 |
|
|
|
221 |
|
|
* I still can't boot |
222 |
|
|
In this case you will have to format your USB disk. |
223 |
|
|
|
224 |
|
|
If you are using linux to perform the installation, execute the command: |
225 |
|
|
mkdosfs -F 16 /dev/sdc4 |
226 |
|
|
to create a FAT16 file system, or |
227 |
|
|
mkdosfs -F 32 /dev/sdc4 |
228 |
|
|
to create a FAT32 file system. |
229 |
|
|
|
230 |
|
|
When you are done go back to section "Installation from Linux". |
231 |
|
|
|
232 |
|
|
If you are on Windows, you should download the HP-USB Format tool {{ |
233 |
|
|
http://h50178.www5.hp.com/local_drivers/17550/SP27608.exe }}, install it |
234 |
|
|
and format your USB drive using the Fat or Fat32 option. This program can |
235 |
|
|
be used to format USB devices that won't boot properly when formatted with |
236 |
|
|
Windows format tool. |
237 |
|
|
|
238 |
|
|
When you are done go back to section "Installation from Windows". |
239 |
|
|
|
240 |
|
|
* I still can't boot (after formating) |
241 |
|
|
Things are getting tough!!! Try to format your USB disk using the option you |
242 |
|
|
did not use previously. So, if you have created a FAT32 file system, create |
243 |
|
|
a FAT16 file system this time, and recreate Clonezilla-SysRescCD on USB. |
244 |
|
|
|
245 |
|
|
If nothing works, you are out of luck; you will not be able to use |
246 |
|
|
Clonezilla-SysRescCD USB on this computer... If you do manage to boot it, |
247 |
|
|
please send me a message. |
248 |
|
|
|
249 |
|
|
* SystemRescueCD does not boot |
250 |
|
|
Ok, you have managed to get to the splash screen and successfully booted |
251 |
|
|
Clonezilla Live. But you still can't boot SystemRescueCD. |
252 |
|
|
|
253 |
|
|
Refer to section Booting from USB to find out the boot parameters you can |
254 |
|
|
use with SystemRescueCD. |
255 |
|
|
|
256 |
|
|
Customizing sysresc.cfg |
257 |
|
|
--------------------- |
258 |
|
|
As stated previously, Clonezilla-SysRescCD USB is booted by syslinux through |
259 |
|
|
its configuration file syslinux.cfg. This file loads sysresc.cfg in order |
260 |
|
|
to boot SystemRescueCD. |
261 |
|
|
|
262 |
|
|
If you have to specify any additional boot parameters for SystemRescueCD, |
263 |
|
|
you may want to write these changes to the configuration file, so that |
264 |
|
|
you don't have to insert them by hand every time. |
265 |
|
|
|
266 |
|
|
The procedure to do that is the following: |
267 |
|
|
|
268 |
|
|
Boot SystemRescueCD (or if that's not possible yet, bot Clonezilla Linux |
269 |
|
|
and get to the command line) using the option To RAM, and when it is fully |
270 |
|
|
loaded, execute the following commands: |
271 |
|
|
mkdir /mnt/usbdevice |
272 |
|
|
mount /dev/[device] /mnt/usbdevice |
273 |
|
|
cd /mnt/usbdevice |
274 |
|
|
cp sysresc.cfg sysresc.bak |
275 |
|
|
sed 's|scandelay=5|scandelay=x [additional params]|' |
276 |
|
|
sysresc.cfg > sys.cfg |
277 |
|
|
mv sys.cfg sysresc.cfg |
278 |
|
|
cd; umount /dev/[device] |
279 |
|
|
syslinux /dev/[device] |
280 |
|
|
reboot |
281 |
|
|
|
282 |
|
|
where x is a number from 1 to 10. |
283 |
|
|
|
284 |
|
|
After executing these commands, you will have a new sysresc.cfg file, |
285 |
|
|
and a backup file called sysresc.bak (in case things go wrong). |
286 |
|
|
|
287 |
|
|
If, for example, you want to increase the device scan delay to maximum, |
288 |
|
|
the above commands would become: |
289 |
|
|
mkdir /mnt/usbdevice |
290 |
|
|
mount /dev/sdc4 /mnt/usbdevice |
291 |
|
|
cd /mnt/usbdevice |
292 |
|
|
cp sysresc.cfg sysresc.bak |
293 |
|
|
sed 's|scandelay=5|scandelay=10|' sysresc.cfg > sys.cfg |
294 |
|
|
mv sys.cfg sysresc.cfg |
295 |
|
|
cd; umount /dev/sdc4 |
296 |
|
|
syslinux /dev/sdc4 |
297 |
|
|
reboot |
298 |
|
|
|
299 |
|
|
If, in addition to that, you had to use the boot parameter usbstick, |
300 |
|
|
then it would be: |
301 |
|
|
mkdir /mnt/usbdevice |
302 |
|
|
mount /dev/sdc4 /mnt/usbdevice |
303 |
|
|
cd /mnt/usbdevice |
304 |
|
|
cp sysresc.cfg sysresc.bak |
305 |
|
|
sed 's|scandelay=5|scandelay=10 usbstick|' sysresc.cfg > sys.cfg |
306 |
|
|
mv sys.cfg sysresc.cfg |
307 |
|
|
cd; umount /dev/sdc4 |
308 |
|
|
syslinux /dev/sdc4 |
309 |
|
|
reboot |
310 |
|
|
|
311 |
|
|
In case something goes wrong with your new settings, you can always rename |
312 |
|
|
sysresc.bak to sysresc.cfg, either from linux or Windows. |
313 |
|
|
|
314 |
|
|
|
315 |
|
|
|
316 |
|
|
|
317 |
|
|
Boot parameters |
318 |
|
|
============================================================================== |
319 |
|
|
|
320 |
|
|
Intro |
321 |
|
|
**************************************** |
322 |
|
|
Booting a linux system means loading a kernel, which is actually the |
323 |
|
|
operating system. Well, this is not exactly true, and it is not the only |
324 |
|
|
thing that happens during boot up phase, but it is not my intension to |
325 |
|
|
explain it here. |
326 |
|
|
|
327 |
|
|
The kernel is loaded by Isolinux (the CD boot manager), which is able to pass |
328 |
|
|
a number of parameters to it, through its configuration file isolinux.cfg. |
329 |
|
|
|
330 |
|
|
These parameters, called boot parameters, are documented by the kernel |
331 |
|
|
itself, and can differentiate its behavior dramatically. In our case, |
332 |
|
|
each CD (SystemRescueCD and Clonezilla Live) accept a different set of |
333 |
|
|
parameters, because they are based on gentoo {{ http://www.gentoo.org/ }} |
334 |
|
|
and debian, respectively. |
335 |
|
|
|
336 |
|
|
While in the splash screen of Clonezilla-SysRescCD, you can edit the boot |
337 |
|
|
parameters by pressing TAB. They will be presented to you, and you can |
338 |
|
|
add or remove what you want. You must be careful not to change or remove |
339 |
|
|
the parameters that are dedicated to the CD itself, as altering them will |
340 |
|
|
certainty make it unbootable. When you are done, just press ENTER to boot. |
341 |
|
|
|
342 |
|
|
SystemRescueCD boot parameters |
343 |
|
|
**************************************** |
344 |
|
|
[[ info.png ]] |
345 |
sng |
60 |
The following info applies to SystemRescueCD v. 1.5.4. In case |
346 |
sng |
28 |
you need to get info for a more recent version of SystemRescueCD |
347 |
|
|
please see the page "Sysresccd-manual-en Booting the CD-ROM {{ |
348 |
|
|
http://www.sysresccd.org/Sysresccd-manual-en_Booting_the_CD-ROM }}" |
349 |
|
|
|
350 |
|
|
A typical sysresccd isolinux entry is: |
351 |
|
|
|
352 |
|
|
kernel rescuecd |
353 |
|
|
append initrd=initram.igz video=ofonly |
354 |
|
|
|
355 |
|
|
The kernel used is rescuecd, and anything after the word append is a |
356 |
|
|
boot parameter. |
357 |
|
|
|
358 |
|
|
Available kernels (boot images): |
359 |
|
|
|
360 |
sng |
60 |
* rescuecd Default for 32bit systems, with Framebuffer disabled, best choice. |
361 |
|
|
* rescue64 Default 64 bit kernel. Use it if you want to chroot to a 64bit |
362 |
|
|
linux system installed on your hard disk, or if you have to run 64 bits |
363 |
|
|
programs. This kernel is able to boot with 32bit programs, and it requires |
364 |
|
|
a processor with 64bit instructions (amd64 / em64t). |
365 |
|
|
* altker32 an alternative kernel for 32bit systems. Boot with this kernel |
366 |
|
|
if you have problems with rescuecd |
367 |
|
|
* altker64 an alternative kernel for 64bit systems. Boot with this kernel |
368 |
|
|
in case you have problems with rescue64. |
369 |
sng |
28 |
|
370 |
|
|
The boot parameters you can use are: |
371 |
|
|
|
372 |
sng |
43 |
General boot options |
373 |
|
|
Press <TAB> to add additional options. |
374 |
sng |
28 |
|
375 |
sng |
43 |
* docache: causes the CD-ROM will be fully loaded into memory. A slower |
376 |
|
|
start but once complete, programs start faster and the CD drive will be |
377 |
|
|
released allowing normal access to other CDs. This requires 400MB of memory |
378 |
|
|
to cache everything (including the bootdisks and isolinux directories). Add |
379 |
|
|
lowmem if you have less that 400MB of memory of to prevent these directories |
380 |
|
|
to be copied. |
381 |
|
|
|
382 |
|
|
During boot you will be prompted for the keyboard configuration, avoid |
383 |
|
|
this by using |
384 |
|
|
|
385 |
|
|
* setkmap=kk: which defines the keymap to load where kk (example: setkmap=de |
386 |
|
|
for German keyboards) |
387 |
sng |
60 |
* root=/dev/xdnp: the root=<device> option boots an existing linux |
388 |
|
|
system. For example, if you have linux Gentoo installed on /dev/sda6, |
389 |
|
|
use rescuecd root=/dev/sda6 to start it. Keep in mind that you must use a |
390 |
|
|
64bit kernel if your system is made of 64bit programs. This option works |
391 |
|
|
with LVM volumes. Use rescuecd root=/dev/VolGroup00/LogVol00. Support |
392 |
|
|
is also provided for root=auto, which scans all the block devices tfor |
393 |
|
|
a linux system. The first linux system found will be started. So with |
394 |
|
|
root=auto let you start the system installed from the CD-ROM in case |
395 |
|
|
you have problem with your boot loader or kernel. It's also possible |
396 |
|
|
to specify a partition using its filesystem label or filesystem |
397 |
|
|
uuid. If the label of the partition where linux is installed is |
398 |
|
|
mylinux, then boot it using rescuecd root=LABEL=mylinux. Similarly |
399 |
sng |
43 |
root=UUID=b3d3bec5-997a-413e-8449-0d0ec41ccba7. See more details. |
400 |
|
|
* initscript=service:action: This options allows start/stop a service |
401 |
|
|
at boot time. For instance if you need the samba service to be started, |
402 |
|
|
you can boot with: initscript=samba:start. This does the same thing as |
403 |
|
|
/etc/init.d/samba start. Use this option multiple times for different |
404 |
|
|
services. All the actions that are supported by an initscript can be used. |
405 |
sng |
60 |
* backstore=xxx: SystemRescueCd comes with support for the backing-stores. A |
406 |
|
|
backing-store saves all the changes you can make. so that you keep these |
407 |
|
|
changes the next time you boot it. By default, sysresccd automatically |
408 |
|
|
scan removable devices (eg: USB sticks) at boot time and uses the first |
409 |
|
|
backing-store it finds. A backing-store is not mandatory and it the |
410 |
|
|
scan fails it will store the files which change in memory. To disable |
411 |
|
|
the disks scan at boot time specify backstore=off on the boot command |
412 |
sng |
43 |
line. If you want to save your backing-store file on an harddisk, boot with |
413 |
|
|
backstore=alldev to scan all devices (not just removable devices). The |
414 |
|
|
default location for backing-stores file is any file named sysrcd.bs |
415 |
|
|
located at the root of a disk which is often an USB stick. Change the path |
416 |
|
|
by using backstore=/sysrcd/mybackstore.bs. See backing-stores. |
417 |
|
|
* isoloop=xxx: Grub2 (currently in development: grub-1.98) provides a new |
418 |
|
|
feature to boot from an ISO image which is stored from the hard disk. If you |
419 |
|
|
put a copy of systemrescuecd-x86-x.y.z.iso on a partition that Grub2 can read |
420 |
|
|
then you can boot SystemRescueCd directly from the ISO image stored on your |
421 |
|
|
hard drive. This is very convenient if you frequently update SystemRescueCd |
422 |
|
|
and you want to boot it directly from Grub2. Grub2 knows what an ISO image |
423 |
|
|
is and it will load the kernel image (rescuecd/rescue64) and the initramfs |
424 |
|
|
(initram.igz) from the ISO into memory. It will then do its normal job and |
425 |
|
|
execute the kernel. The SystemRescueCd init script must then be aware that |
426 |
|
|
its sysrcd.dat file is in an ISO and not directly on the partition. For that |
427 |
|
|
reason, this isoloop=xxx boot option is required so you must use it in your |
428 |
|
|
grub.cfg. This option is only supported in SystemRescueCd-1.4.0 and more |
429 |
sng |
60 |
recent. This option specifies the path of the ISO image in the partition that |
430 |
|
|
grub considers as its root partition. It's important to understand that the |
431 |
|
|
path of the ISO image may be different from the path on your linux system. If |
432 |
|
|
you have a separate boot partition mounted on /boot and if you copy this |
433 |
|
|
ISO image to /boot/sysrcd/systemrescuecd-x86-x.y.z.iso then the option has |
434 |
|
|
to be isoloop=/sysrcd/systemrescuecd-x86-x.y.z.iso. This is because the |
435 |
|
|
boot partition is what Grub2 will consider as its root partition during |
436 |
|
|
the boot process. Please read the section about isoloop for more details. |
437 |
sng |
28 |
|
438 |
sng |
43 |
Hardware, drivers and troubleshooting options |
439 |
|
|
* dodebug: Enables verbose messages in linuxrc |
440 |
sng |
28 |
|
441 |
sng |
43 |
* doload=xxx: loads needed modules, multiple occurrences are permitted |
442 |
|
|
(example: doload=3c59x) |
443 |
|
|
* noload=xxx: prevents loading modules, multiple occurrences are permitted |
444 |
|
|
(example: noload=3c59x). Use this option if you have a problem when the |
445 |
|
|
system loads a particular module. |
446 |
sng |
28 |
* nonet: this will disable the network auto detection at startup |
447 |
sng |
43 |
|
448 |
sng |
28 |
* scandelay=x: pauses x seconds during the startup to allow slow devices |
449 |
sng |
43 |
to initialize. This is required when you boot an USB device. A delay of |
450 |
sng |
28 |
only few seconds should be enough. |
451 |
sng |
43 |
|
452 |
sng |
28 |
* doxdetect: Since version 0.3.5 the auto-configuration is done in X.Org |
453 |
sng |
43 |
itself, mkxf86config is disabled by default. This option forces the system to |
454 |
|
|
run the mkxf86config startup script and to run the hardware auto-detection |
455 |
|
|
from this script. Use this option if you have problems with the graphical |
456 |
|
|
environment configuration. This option replaces the option noxdetect that |
457 |
|
|
was useful in previous versions. |
458 |
|
|
* nodetect: prevents generic hardware auto-detection. Use this option if |
459 |
|
|
you have problems with the hardware auto-detection. |
460 |
|
|
|
461 |
|
|
* dostartx: load the X.Org graphical environment. |
462 |
|
|
* forcevesa: Forces X.Org to use the safe VESA driver instead of the best |
463 |
|
|
video driver detected for your video card. Use this option if you cannot |
464 |
|
|
get the graphical environment working with the default options. |
465 |
|
|
* forcevesa=xxx: The startx command will load the Xvesa server instead |
466 |
|
|
of Xorg, and use the screen resolution given as parameter (eg: 1024x768, |
467 |
|
|
1280x1024x32). |
468 |
|
|
|
469 |
sng |
28 |
* all-generic-ide: In case of problems related to your hard disk, try to |
470 |
|
|
enable this option (eg rescuecd all-generic-ide) |
471 |
sng |
43 |
* nodmraid: Disable dmraid, for some motherboards with built-in RAID |
472 |
|
|
controller. |
473 |
|
|
* nomdadm: Disable mdadm, for software RAID. |
474 |
|
|
|
475 |
|
|
* acpi-off / noapic / irqpool: use these options if you have problem when |
476 |
|
|
the kernel boots: if it hangs on a driver or if it crashes, ... |
477 |
|
|
|
478 |
|
|
* lowmem: For systems with smaller memory, some daemons are not started |
479 |
|
|
including sshd and nfsd. |
480 |
|
|
|
481 |
sng |
28 |
* skipmount=/dev/xxx: The system mounts all the storage devices at boot |
482 |
sng |
43 |
time to find the sysrcd.dat file. If your hard disk is broken it should |
483 |
|
|
be mounted. Boot with skipmount=/dev/sda1 skipmount=/dev/sda2 to ignore |
484 |
|
|
these two partitions. |
485 |
sng |
28 |
|
486 |
sng |
43 |
Network configuration and remote access |
487 |
|
|
* dodhcp: to request a DHCP server provide network attributes including |
488 |
|
|
an IP address, gateway... . otherwise, |
489 |
|
|
* ethx=ipaddr/cidr: Sets the static IP address of all the ethernet |
490 |
|
|
interfaces on the system. The /cidr extension is optional. For instance, |
491 |
|
|
if you use option ethx=192.168.0.1 on a machine with two ethernet adapters, |
492 |
|
|
both eth0 and eth1 will be configured with 192.168.0.1. You can use the |
493 |
|
|
format ethx=10.0.0.1/24 (using the cidr notation) if you don't use the |
494 |
|
|
default netmask. |
495 |
|
|
* eth0=ipaddr/cidr: This option is similar to ethx=ipaddr/cidr but it |
496 |
|
|
configures only one interface at a time. To configure the network on a |
497 |
|
|
server that has two interfaces, use: eth0=192.168.10.1/24 eth1=192.168.20.1. |
498 |
sng |
28 |
* dns=ipaddr: Sets the static IP address of the DNS nameserver you want |
499 |
|
|
to use to resolve the names. For instance dns=192.168.0.254 means that |
500 |
|
|
you want to use 192.168.0.254 as the DNS server. |
501 |
|
|
* gateway=ipaddr: Sets the static IP address of the default route on your |
502 |
|
|
network. For instance gateway=192.168.0.254 means that the computer can |
503 |
|
|
connect to a computer outside of the local network via 192.168.0.254. |
504 |
|
|
* dhcphostname=myhost: Sets the hostname that the DHCP client will send |
505 |
|
|
to the DHCP server. This may be required if the default hostname cannot |
506 |
|
|
be used with your DHCP configuration. This option has been introduced |
507 |
|
|
in SystemRescueCd-1.3.5. |
508 |
|
|
* rootpass=123456: Sets the root password of the system running on the |
509 |
|
|
livecd to 1234. That way you can connect from the network and ssh on the |
510 |
|
|
livecd and give 123456 password as the root password. |
511 |
sng |
60 |
* vncserver=x:123456: The vncserver boot option has been introduced in |
512 |
|
|
SystemRescueCd-1.0.2. This options forces the system to configure the |
513 |
|
|
VNC-server and to start it automatically at boot time. You have to replace |
514 |
|
|
x with the number of displays you want, and 123456 with your password The |
515 |
|
|
password must be between 5 and 8 characters, else the boot option will be |
516 |
|
|
ignored. In other words the vncserver=2:MyPaSsWd option will give you access |
517 |
|
|
to two displays (display=1 on tcp/5901 and display=2 on tcp/5902). Display |
518 |
|
|
0 is reserved for X.Org since SystemRescueCd-1.1.0. |
519 |
|
|
* nameif=xxx: You can can specify what interface name to give to a |
520 |
|
|
particular interface using the mac address. You need SystemRescueCd-1.1.0 |
521 |
|
|
or newer to do that. Here is how you can specify which interface |
522 |
|
|
is using which mac address on a machine with two network interfaces: |
523 |
|
|
nameif=eth0!00:0C:29:57:D0:6E,eth1!00:0C:29:57:D0:64. Be careful, you have |
524 |
|
|
to respect the separator (comma between the interfaces and exclamation |
525 |
|
|
marks between the name and the mac address). |
526 |
sng |
28 |
|
527 |
sng |
43 |
Network boot using PXE |
528 |
|
|
SystemRescueCd provides several options for booting from the network |
529 |
|
|
using PXE. |
530 |
sng |
60 |
These options can be combined with other network boot options such as ethx |
531 |
|
|
(cf previous section). See PXE network booting to get a global overview |
532 |
|
|
of SystemRescueCd and PXE and Manage remote servers using PXE. |
533 |
sng |
43 |
The second stage downloads the kernel + initramfs using DHCP/TFTP. |
534 |
|
|
The third stage of the PXE boot process acquires the root files system. |
535 |
|
|
Several protocols are available. |
536 |
sng |
28 |
|
537 |
sng |
43 |
* netboot=tftp://ip/path/sysrcd.dat: from a TFTP server. The filesystem |
538 |
|
|
is loaded into memory. As a consequence computers with less than 400MB of |
539 |
|
|
memory won't be able to boot this way. The system will continue to work |
540 |
|
|
if the network is disconnected after the boot process. |
541 |
|
|
* netboot=http://ip:port/path/sysrcd.dat: from a Web server. The file system |
542 |
|
|
is loaded into memory. Computers with smaller memory won't be able to boot |
543 |
|
|
this way. The the system continues to work if the network is disconnected |
544 |
|
|
after the boot process. |
545 |
|
|
* netboot=nfs://ip:/path: mount an NFSv3 directory. The NFS url must be |
546 |
|
|
the path of the directory that contains sysrcd.dat. Only NFSv3 can be used, |
547 |
|
|
NFSv4 is not supported. NFS it allows computers with smaller memory to boot |
548 |
|
|
SystemRescueCd from the network. After the boot process, the connection |
549 |
|
|
is required or you will loose the access to the root file system. |
550 |
|
|
* netboot=nbd://ip:port: connect to an NBD server configured with sysrcd.dat |
551 |
|
|
on ip:port. NBD is easier to configure than NFS (only one TCP port involved) |
552 |
|
|
and it allows computers with smaller memort to boot SystemRescueCd from |
553 |
|
|
the network. After the boot process, the connection is required the access |
554 |
|
|
to the root system. |
555 |
|
|
|
556 |
sng |
60 |
For information on activating speakup, see the speakup info page. |
557 |
sng |
43 |
|
558 |
|
|
Options provided for autorun |
559 |
sng |
28 |
* ar_source=xxx: place where the autorun are stored. It may |
560 |
|
|
be the root directory of a partition (/dev/sda1), an nfs |
561 |
|
|
share (nfs://192.168.1.1:/path/to/scripts), a samba share |
562 |
|
|
(smb://192.168.1.1/path/to/scripts), or an http directory |
563 |
|
|
(http://192.168.1.1/path/to/scripts). |
564 |
sng |
43 |
* autoruns=[0-9]: comma separated list of the autorun scrip to be run. For |
565 |
|
|
example autoruns=0,2,7 the autorun sc autorun0, autorun2, autorun7 are |
566 |
|
|
run. Use autoruns=no to disable all the autorun scripts with a number. |
567 |
sng |
28 |
* ar_ignorefail: continue to execute the scripts chain even if a script |
568 |
|
|
failed (returned a non-zero status) |
569 |
|
|
* ar_nodel: do not delete the temporary copy of the autorun scripts located |
570 |
|
|
in /var/autorun/tmp after execution |
571 |
|
|
* ar_disable: completely disable autorun, the simple autorun script will |
572 |
|
|
not be executed |
573 |
|
|
* ar_nowait: do not wait for a keypress after the autorun script have |
574 |
|
|
been executed. |
575 |
|
|
|
576 |
|
|
Clonezilla Live boot parameters |
577 |
|
|
**************************************** |
578 |
|
|
[[ info.png ]] |
579 |
sng |
60 |
The following info applies to Clonezilla Live v. 1.2.5-17 |
580 |
sng |
28 |
In case you need to get info for a more recent version of Clonezilla Live |
581 |
|
|
please see the page "The boot parameters for Clonezilla live {{ |
582 |
|
|
http://www.clonezilla.org/clonezilla-live/doc/fine-print.php?path=./99_Misc/00_live-initramfs-manual.doc#00_live-initramfs-manual.doc |
583 |
|
|
}}" |
584 |
|
|
|
585 |
|
|
A typical Clonezilla Live isolinux entry is: |
586 |
|
|
|
587 |
|
|
kernel /live/vmlinuz1 |
588 |
|
|
append initrd=/live/initrd1.img boot=live union=aufs |
589 |
|
|
ocs_live_run="ocs-live-general" |
590 |
|
|
ocs_live_extra_param="" ocs_live_keymap="" ocs_live_batch="no" ocs_lang="" |
591 |
|
|
vga=791 nolocales |
592 |
|
|
|
593 |
|
|
The kernel used is vmlinuz, and anything after the word append is a boot |
594 |
|
|
parameter. |
595 |
|
|
|
596 |
|
|
The following info comes from the |
597 |
|
|
page titled The boot parameters for Clonezilla live {{ |
598 |
|
|
http://www.clonezilla.org/clonezilla-live/doc/fine-print.php?path=./99_Misc/00_live-initramfs-manual.doc#00_live-initramfs-manual.doc |
599 |
|
|
}}. |
600 |
|
|
|
601 |
sng |
60 |
Clonezilla live is based on Debian live with clonezilla installed. Therefore |
602 |
|
|
there are 2 kinds of boot parameters: |
603 |
sng |
28 |
|
604 |
|
|
* Boot parameters from live-initramfs. You can refer to this manual of |
605 |
|
|
live-initramfs. |
606 |
|
|
* Boot parameters specially for Clonezilla. All of them are named as |
607 |
|
|
"ocs_*", e.g. ocs_live_run, ocs_live_extra_param, ocs_live_batch, ocs_lang. |
608 |
|
|
* ocs_live_run is the main program to run in Clonezilla live to save |
609 |
|
|
or restore. or other command. Available program: ocs-live-general, |
610 |
|
|
ocs-live-restore or any command you write. Use the Absolute path in |
611 |
|
|
Clonezilla live. |
612 |
|
|
e.g. ocs_live_run="ocs-live-general" |
613 |
sng |
43 |
//NOTE// You might have to use "sudo" command inside your own script, |
614 |
|
|
or you can assign it like: ocs_live_run="sudo bash /my-clonezilla" |
615 |
sng |
28 |
* ocs_live_extra_param will be used only when ocs_live_run=ocs-live-restore |
616 |
|
|
(not for ocs-live-general or any other), then it will be passed to |
617 |
|
|
ocs-sr. Therefore these parameters are actually those of ocs-sr. |
618 |
|
|
e.g. ocs_live_extra_param="-b -c restoredisk sarge-r5 hda" |
619 |
|
|
* ocs_live_keymap is for keymap used in Clonezilla live. Man install-keymap |
620 |
|
|
for more details. |
621 |
|
|
e.g. ocs_live_keymap="NONE" (won't change the default layout) |
622 |
|
|
ocs_live_keymap="/usr/share/keymaps/i386/azerty/fr-latin9.kmap.gz" |
623 |
|
|
(French keyboard) |
624 |
|
|
* batch mode or not (yes/no), if no, will run interactively. |
625 |
|
|
e.g. ocs_live_batch="no" |
626 |
|
|
* ocs_lang is the language used in Clonezilla live. Available value: |
627 |
|
|
en_US.UTF-8, zh_TW.UTF-8... (see $DRBL_SCRIPT_PATH/lang/bash/) |
628 |
|
|
e.g. ocs_lang="en_US.UTF-8" |
629 |
|
|
* ocs_debug (or ocs-debug) is for you to enter command line prompt before |
630 |
|
|
any clonezilla-related action is run. This is easier for you to debug. |
631 |
|
|
* ocs_daemonon, ocs_daemonoff, ocs_numlk, ocs_capslk. |
632 |
|
|
Ex. for the first 2 parameters, ocs_daemonon="ssh", then ssh service will |
633 |
|
|
be turned on when booting. For the last 2 parameters, use "on" or "off", |
634 |
|
|
e.g. ocs_numlk=on to turn on numberlock when booting. |
635 |
|
|
* ocs_prerun, ocs_prerun1, ocs_prerun2... is for you to run a shell script |
636 |
|
|
before Clonezilla is started. E.g. ocs_prerun="/live/image/myscript.sh". If |
637 |
|
|
you have more commands to run, you can assign them in the order: |
638 |
|
|
ocs_prerun=..., ocs_prerun1=..., ocs_prerun2=.... If more than 10 |
639 |
|
|
parameters, remember to use ocs_prerun01, ocs_prerun02..., ocs_prerun11 |
640 |
|
|
to make it in order. |
641 |
|
|
* ocs_live_run_tty. This option allows you to specify the tty where |
642 |
|
|
$ocs_live_run is run. By default $ocs_live_run is run on /dev/tty1 |
643 |
|
|
only. (It was also on /dev/ttyS0 before, but since Clonezilla live >= |
644 |
|
|
1.2.3-22 no more this due to a problem). If you want to use ttyS0, for |
645 |
|
|
example, add live-getty and console=ttyS0,38400n81 in the boot parameter. |
646 |
sng |
43 |
//NOTE// |
647 |
|
|
* This parameter was added in Clonezilla live 1.2.3-22 or later. |
648 |
|
|
* If "live-getty console=$tty,38400n81" are assigned in the boot parameters, |
649 |
|
|
ocs_live_run_tty will honor $tty, even other value is assigned to |
650 |
|
|
ocs_live_run_tty in boot parameter. |
651 |
|
|
* It's recommended to assign ocs_lang and ocs_live_keymap in the boot |
652 |
|
|
parameters too. |
653 |
|
|
* ip, this option allows you to specify the network parameters for |
654 |
|
|
network card. In Clonezilla live a patched live-initramfs is used, which |
655 |
|
|
is different from the original live-initramfs so that you can assign |
656 |
|
|
DNS server, too. Its format is: ip=ethernet port,IP address, netmask, |
657 |
|
|
gateway, DNS. E.g. If you want to assing eth0 with IP address 10.0.100.1, |
658 |
|
|
netmask 255.255.255.0, gateway 10.0.100.254, DNS server 8.8.8.8, you can |
659 |
|
|
assign the following in the boot parameter: |
660 |
|
|
ip=eth0,10.0.100.1,255.255.255.0,10.0.100.254,8.8.8.8 |
661 |
|
|
If more than one network card, you can use ":" to separate them, e.g.: |
662 |
|
|
ip=eth0,10.0.100.1,255.255.255.0,10.0.100.254,8.8.8.8:eth1,192.168.120.1,255.255.255.0,192.168.120.254,, |
663 |
sng |
28 |
* Besides, "live-netdev" (yes, not ocs_live_netdev) can be used when |
664 |
|
|
using PXE booting, you can force to assign the network device to get |
665 |
|
|
filesystem.squashfs. This is useful when there are two or more NICs are |
666 |
|
|
linked. E.g. live-netdev="eth1" allows you to force the live-initramfs |
667 |
|
|
to use eth1 to fetch the root file system filesystem.squashfs. |
668 |
|
|
|
669 |
|
|
With the above options, we have the following examples: |
670 |
|
|
|
671 |
|
|
* A PXE config example for you to boot Clonezilla live via PXE, and ssh |
672 |
|
|
service is on, the password of account "user" is assigned: |
673 |
|
|
---------------------------------------- |
674 |
|
|
label Clonezilla Live |
675 |
|
|
MENU LABEL Clonezilla Live |
676 |
|
|
MENU DEFAULT |
677 |
|
|
kernel vmlinuz1 |
678 |
|
|
append initrd=initrd1.img boot=live union=aufs noswap noprompt vga=788 |
679 |
|
|
fetch=tftp://192.168.120.254/filesystem.squashfs usercrypted=bkuQxLqLRuDW6 |
680 |
|
|
ocs_numlk="on" ocs_daemonon="ssh" |
681 |
|
|
---------------------------------------- |
682 |
|
|
The usercrypted password is created by: |
683 |
|
|
echo YOUR_PASSWORD | mkpasswd -s |
684 |
|
|
("mkpasswd" is from package "whois" in Debian or Ubuntu. Check your |
685 |
|
|
GNU/Linux to see which package provides this command if you are not using |
686 |
|
|
Debian or Ubuntu. Replace YOUR_PASSWORD with your plain text password, |
687 |
|
|
and remember do not put any " in the boot parameters of live-initramfs |
688 |
|
|
(while it's ok for those ocs_* boot parameters), i.e. do NOT use something |
689 |
|
|
like usercrypted="bkuQxLqLRuDW6"). |
690 |
|
|
//NOTE// If you do not assign salt to mkpasswd, the encrypted password |
691 |
|
|
will not be the same every time you create it. |
692 |
|
|
For more about usercrypted discussion, please check the here. |
693 |
|
|
|
694 |
|
|
* How to put your own binary driver in Clonezilla live without modifying |
695 |
|
|
/live/filesystem.squashfs: |
696 |
|
|
|
697 |
|
|
* Boot clonezilla live |
698 |
|
|
* Become root by running "sudo su -" |
699 |
|
|
* Copy the dir lsi, which contains a precompiled kernel module matching |
700 |
|
|
the running kernel in Clonezilla live and a script to run it, to a working |
701 |
|
|
dir, e.g.: |
702 |
|
|
cp -r /live/image/lsi /home/partimag |
703 |
|
|
* cd /home/partimag |
704 |
|
|
* /opt/drbl/sbin/ocs-live-dev -c -s -i lsi -u lsi -x |
705 |
|
|
"ocs_prerun=/live/image/lsi/prep-lsi.sh" |
706 |
|
|
* /opt/drbl/sbin/ocs-iso -s -i lsi -u lsi -x |
707 |
|
|
"ocs_prerun=/live/image/lsi/prep-lsi.sh" |
708 |
|
|
* ///NOTE/// In this example, the 2 files in dir lsi are: megasr.ko (the |
709 |
|
|
binary driver) and prep-lsi.sh. The contents of prep-lsi.sh: |
710 |
|
|
|
711 |
|
|
------------------------ |
712 |
|
|
#!/bin/bash |
713 |
|
|
cp -f /live/image/lsi/megasr.ko /lib/modules/`uname -r`/kernel/drivers/block/ |
714 |
|
|
chown root.root /lib/modules/`uname -r`/kernel/drivers/block/megasr.ko |
715 |
|
|
depmod -a modprobe megasr |
716 |
|
|
sleep 1 |
717 |
|
|
------------------------ |
718 |
|
|
* To put your customized script with a PXE version of Clonezilla live |
719 |
|
|
(You have to use Clonezilla live version 1.2.2-2 or later): |
720 |
|
|
In this example, we assume (1) The IP address of your PXE server is |
721 |
|
|
192.168.120.254, (2) the customized script (custom-ocs-2) is put on |
722 |
|
|
your PXE server's tftpd root dir (E.g. On DRBL server, the path is |
723 |
|
|
/tftpboot/nbi_img/. It might be different in your case if you are not use |
724 |
|
|
DRBL server as a PXE server). |
725 |
|
|
Therefor your pxelinux.cfg/default file is like: |
726 |
|
|
------------------------ |
727 |
|
|
label Clonezilla Live |
728 |
|
|
MENU DEFAULT |
729 |
|
|
# MENU HIDE |
730 |
|
|
MENU LABEL Clonezilla Live |
731 |
|
|
# MENU PASSWD |
732 |
|
|
kernel vmlinuz1 |
733 |
|
|
append initrd=initrd1.img boot=live union=aufs noswap noprompt vga=788 |
734 |
|
|
ip=frommedia fetch=tftp://192.168.120.254/filesystem.squashfs |
735 |
|
|
ocs_prerun="busybox tftp -g -b 10240 -r custom-ocs-2 -l |
736 |
|
|
/tmp/custom-ocs-2 192.168.120.254" ocs_live_run="bash /tmp/custom-ocs-2" |
737 |
|
|
ocs_live_keymap="NONE" ocs_live_batch="no" ocs_lang="en_US.UTF-8" nolocales |
738 |
|
|
TEXT HELP |
739 |
|
|
Boot Clonezilla live via network |
740 |
|
|
ENDTEXT |
741 |
|
|
------------------------ |
742 |
|
|
The content of custom-ocs-2 can be like: |
743 |
|
|
|
744 |
|
|
------------------------ |
745 |
|
|
#!/bin/bash |
746 |
|
|
. /opt/drbl/sbin/drbl-conf-functions |
747 |
|
|
. /opt/drbl/sbin/ocs-functions |
748 |
|
|
. /etc/ocs/ocs-live.conf |
749 |
|
|
|
750 |
|
|
# Load language file |
751 |
|
|
ask_and_load_lang_set en_US.UTF-8 |
752 |
|
|
|
753 |
|
|
# 1. Mount the clonezilla image home. |
754 |
|
|
# Types: local_dev, ssh_server, samba_server, nfs_server |
755 |
|
|
prep-ocsroot -t nfs_server |
756 |
|
|
|
757 |
|
|
# 2. Restore the image |
758 |
|
|
if mountpoint /home/partimag/ &>/dev/null; then |
759 |
|
|
ocs-sr -l en_US.UTF-8 -c -p choose restoredisk ask_user ask_user |
760 |
|
|
else |
761 |
|
|
[ "$BOOTUP" = "color" ] & $SETCOLOR_FAILURE |
762 |
|
|
echo "Fail to find the Clonezilla image home /home/partimag!" |
763 |
|
|
echo "Program terminated!" |
764 |
|
|
[ "$BOOTUP" = "color" ] & $SETCOLOR_NORMAL |
765 |
|
|
fi |
766 |
|
|
------------------------ |
767 |
|
|
live-initramfs manual |
768 |
|
|
--------------------- |
769 |
|
|
This is the manual of live-initramfs {{ |
770 |
|
|
http://www.clonezilla.org/clonezilla-live/live-initramfs-param.php }} |
771 |
|
|
|
772 |
|
|
live-initramfs(7) |
773 |
|
|
================= |
774 |
|
|
|
775 |
|
|
Name |
776 |
|
|
---- |
777 |
|
|
live-initramfs - Debian Live initramfs hook |
778 |
|
|
|
779 |
|
|
Synopsis |
780 |
|
|
-------- |
781 |
|
|
BOOT=live |
782 |
|
|
|
783 |
|
|
as kernel parameter at boot prompt. |
784 |
|
|
|
785 |
|
|
Description |
786 |
|
|
----------- |
787 |
|
|
|
788 |
|
|
live-initramfs is a hook for the initramfs-tools, used to generate |
789 |
|
|
a initramfs |
790 |
|
|
capable to boot live systems, such as those created by *live-helper*(7). |
791 |
|
|
This includes the Debian Live isos, netboot tarballs, and usb stick images. |
792 |
|
|
|
793 |
|
|
At boot time it will look for a (read-only) media containing a "/live" |
794 |
|
|
directory where a root filesystems (often a compressed filesystem image like |
795 |
|
|
squashfs) is stored. If found, it will create a writable environment, using |
796 |
|
|
aufs, for Debian like systems to boot from. |
797 |
|
|
|
798 |
|
|
You probably do not want to install this package onto a non-live system, |
799 |
|
|
although it will do no harm. |
800 |
|
|
|
801 |
sng |
60 |
live-initramfs is a fork of casper. |
802 |
|
|
casper was originally written by Tollef Fog Heen |
803 |
|
|
<tfheen@canonical.com&gt; |
804 |
|
|
and Matt Zimmerman <mdz@canonical.com&gt;. |
805 |
sng |
28 |
|
806 |
|
|
Boot options |
807 |
|
|
------------ |
808 |
|
|
|
809 |
|
|
Here is the complete list of recognized boot parameters by live-initramfs. |
810 |
|
|
|
811 |
|
|
access=*ACCESS*:: |
812 |
|
|
|
813 |
|
|
Set the accessibility level for physically or visually impared users. ACCESS |
814 |
|
|
must be one of v1, v2, v3, m1, or m2. v1=lesser visual impairment, |
815 |
|
|
v2=moderate |
816 |
|
|
visual impairment, v3=blindness, m1=minor motor difficulties, m2=moderate |
817 |
|
|
motor |
818 |
|
|
difficulties. |
819 |
|
|
|
820 |
|
|
console=*TTY,SPEED*:: |
821 |
|
|
|
822 |
|
|
Set the default console to be used with the "live-getty" option. Example: |
823 |
|
|
"console=ttyS0,115200" |
824 |
|
|
|
825 |
|
|
debug:: |
826 |
|
|
|
827 |
|
|
Makes initramfs boot process more verbose. |
828 |
|
|
|
829 |
|
|
fetch=*URL*:: |
830 |
|
|
|
831 |
|
|
Another form of netboot by downloading a squashfs image from a given url, |
832 |
|
|
copying to ram and booting it. |
833 |
|
|
|
834 |
|
|
hostname=*HOSTNAME*, username=*USER*, userfullname=*USERFULLNAME*:: |
835 |
|
|
|
836 |
|
|
Those parameters lets you override values read from the config file. |
837 |
|
|
|
838 |
|
|
ignore_uuid |
839 |
|
|
|
840 |
|
|
Do not check that any UUID embedded in the initramfs matches the discovered |
841 |
|
|
medium. live-initramfs may be told to generate a UUID by setting |
842 |
|
|
LIVE_GENERATE_UUID=1 when building the initramfs. |
843 |
|
|
|
844 |
|
|
integrity-check:: |
845 |
|
|
|
846 |
|
|
If specified, an MD5 sum is calculated on the live media during boot and |
847 |
|
|
compared to the value found in md5sum.txt found in the root directory of the |
848 |
|
|
live media. |
849 |
|
|
|
850 |
sng |
60 |
ip=**[CLIENT_IP]:[SERVER_IP]:[GATEWAY_IP]:[NETMASK]:[HOSTNAME]: |
851 |
|
|
[DEVICE]:[AUTOCONF] |
852 |
|
|
[,[CLIENT_IP]:[SERVER_IP]:[GATEWAY_IP]:[NETMASK]:[HOSTNAME]: |
853 |
|
|
[DEVICE]:[AUTOCONF]]***:: |
854 |
sng |
28 |
|
855 |
|
|
Let you specify the name(s) and the options of the interface(s) that |
856 |
|
|
should be |
857 |
|
|
configured at boot time. Do not specify this if you want to use dhcp |
858 |
|
|
(default). |
859 |
|
|
It will be changed in a future release to mimick official kernel boot param |
860 |
|
|
specification |
861 |
|
|
(e.g. ip=10.0.0.1::10.0.0.254:255.255.255.0::eth0,:::::eth1:dhcp). |
862 |
|
|
|
863 |
|
|
ip[=**frommedia**]:: |
864 |
|
|
|
865 |
|
|
If this variable is set, dhcp and static configuration are just skipped |
866 |
|
|
and the |
867 |
|
|
system will use the (must be) media-preconfigured /etc/network/interfaces |
868 |
|
|
instead. |
869 |
|
|
|
870 |
|
|
{keyb|kbd-chooser/method}=**KEYBOARD**, |
871 |
|
|
{klayout|console-setup/layoutcode}=**LAYOUT**, |
872 |
|
|
{kvariant|console-setup/variantcode}=**VARIANT**, |
873 |
sng |
60 |
{kmodel|console-setup/modelcode}= |
874 |
|
|
**CODE**, koptions=**OPTIONS**:: |
875 |
sng |
28 |
|
876 |
|
|
Configure the running keyboard as specified, if this one misses |
877 |
|
|
live-initramfs |
878 |
|
|
behaves as if "keyb=us" was specified. It will be interfered from |
879 |
|
|
"locale=" if |
880 |
|
|
locale is only 2 lowecase letters as a special case. You could also specify |
881 |
|
|
console layout, variant, code, and options (no defaults). |
882 |
|
|
|
883 |
|
|
live-getty:: |
884 |
|
|
|
885 |
|
|
This changes the auto-login on virtual terminals to use the (experimental) |
886 |
|
|
live-getty code. With this option set the standard kernel argument |
887 |
|
|
"console=" is |
888 |
|
|
parsed and if a serial console is specified then live-getty is used to |
889 |
|
|
autologin |
890 |
|
|
on the serial console. |
891 |
|
|
|
892 |
|
|
{live-media|bootfrom}=**DEVICE**:: |
893 |
|
|
|
894 |
|
|
If you specify one of this two equivalent forms, live-initramfs will |
895 |
|
|
first try |
896 |
|
|
to find this device for the "/live" directory where the read-only root |
897 |
|
|
filesystem should reside. If it did not find something usable, the |
898 |
|
|
normal scan |
899 |
|
|
for block devices is performed. |
900 |
|
|
|
901 |
|
|
{live-media-encryption|encryption}=**TYPE**:: |
902 |
|
|
|
903 |
|
|
live-initramfs will mount the encrypted rootfs TYPE, asking the passphrase, |
904 |
|
|
useful to build paranoid live systems :-). TYPE supported so far are |
905 |
|
|
"aes" for |
906 |
|
|
loop-aes encryption type. |
907 |
|
|
|
908 |
|
|
live-media-offset=**BYTES**:: |
909 |
|
|
|
910 |
|
|
This way you could tell live-initramfs that your image starts at offset |
911 |
|
|
BYTES in |
912 |
|
|
the above specified or autodiscovered device, this could be useful to |
913 |
|
|
hide the |
914 |
|
|
Debian Live iso or image inside another iso or image, to create "clean" |
915 |
|
|
images. |
916 |
|
|
|
917 |
|
|
live-media-path=**PATH**:: |
918 |
|
|
|
919 |
|
|
Sets the path to the live filesystem on the medium. By default, it is set to |
920 |
|
|
'/live' and you should not change that unless you have customized your media |
921 |
|
|
accordingly. |
922 |
|
|
|
923 |
|
|
live-media-timeout=**SECONDS**:: |
924 |
|
|
|
925 |
|
|
Set the timeout in seconds for the device specified by "live-media=" |
926 |
|
|
to become |
927 |
|
|
ready before giving up. |
928 |
|
|
|
929 |
|
|
{locale|debian-installer/locale}=**LOCALE**:: |
930 |
|
|
|
931 |
|
|
Configure the running locale as specified, if not present the live-media |
932 |
|
|
rootfs |
933 |
|
|
configured locale will be used and if also this one misses live-initramfs |
934 |
|
|
behave |
935 |
|
|
as "locale=en_US.UTF-8" was specified. If only 2 lowercase letter are |
936 |
|
|
specified |
937 |
|
|
(like "it"), the "maybe wanted" locale is generated (like en:EN.UTF-8), |
938 |
|
|
in this |
939 |
|
|
case if also "keyb=" is unspecified is set with those 2 lowercase letters |
940 |
|
|
(keyb=us). Beside that facility, only UTF8 locales are supported by |
941 |
|
|
live-initramfs. |
942 |
|
|
|
943 |
|
|
module=**NAME**:: |
944 |
|
|
|
945 |
|
|
Instead of using the default optional file "filesystem.module" (see below) |
946 |
|
|
another file could be specified without the extension ".module"; it should be |
947 |
|
|
placed on "/live" directory of the live medium. |
948 |
|
|
|
949 |
|
|
netboot[=**nfs**|**cifs**]:: |
950 |
|
|
|
951 |
|
|
This tells live-initramfs to perform a network mount. The parameter |
952 |
|
|
"nfsroot=" |
953 |
|
|
(with optional "nfsopts="), should specify where is the location of the root |
954 |
|
|
filesystem. With no args, will try cifs first, and if it fails nfs. |
955 |
|
|
|
956 |
|
|
nfsopts=:: |
957 |
|
|
|
958 |
|
|
This lets you specify custom nfs options. |
959 |
|
|
|
960 |
|
|
noautologin:: |
961 |
|
|
|
962 |
|
|
This parameter disables the automatic terminal login only, not touching |
963 |
|
|
gdk/kdm. |
964 |
|
|
|
965 |
|
|
noxautologin:: |
966 |
|
|
|
967 |
|
|
This parameter disables the automatic login of gdm/kdm only, not touching |
968 |
|
|
terminals. |
969 |
|
|
|
970 |
|
|
nofastboot:: |
971 |
|
|
|
972 |
|
|
This parameter disables the default disabling of filesystem checks in |
973 |
|
|
/etc/fstab. If you have static filesystems on your harddisk and you want |
974 |
|
|
them to |
975 |
|
|
be checked at boot time, use this parameter, otherwise they are skipped. |
976 |
|
|
|
977 |
|
|
nopersistent:: |
978 |
|
|
|
979 |
|
|
disables the "persistent" feature, useful if the bootloader (like syslinux) |
980 |
|
|
has |
981 |
|
|
been installed with persistent enabled. |
982 |
|
|
|
983 |
|
|
noprompt |
984 |
|
|
|
985 |
|
|
Do not prompt to eject the CD on reboot. |
986 |
|
|
|
987 |
|
|
nosudo:: |
988 |
|
|
|
989 |
|
|
This parameter disables the automatic configuration of sudo. |
990 |
|
|
|
991 |
|
|
swapon:: |
992 |
|
|
|
993 |
|
|
This parameter enables usage of local swap partitions. |
994 |
|
|
|
995 |
|
|
nouser:: |
996 |
|
|
|
997 |
|
|
This parameter disables the creation of the default user completely. |
998 |
|
|
|
999 |
|
|
noxautoconfig:: |
1000 |
|
|
|
1001 |
|
|
This parameter disables Xorg auto-reconfiguration at boot time. This |
1002 |
|
|
is valuable |
1003 |
|
|
if you either do the detection on your own, or, if you want to ship a custom, |
1004 |
|
|
premade xorg.conf in your live system. |
1005 |
|
|
|
1006 |
|
|
persistent[=nofiles]:: |
1007 |
|
|
|
1008 |
|
|
live-initramfs will look for persistent and snapshot partitions or files |
1009 |
|
|
labeled |
1010 |
|
|
"live-rw", "home-rw", and files called "live-sn*", "home-sn*" and will |
1011 |
|
|
try to, |
1012 |
|
|
in order: mount as /cow the first, mount the second in /home, and just |
1013 |
|
|
copy the |
1014 |
|
|
contents of the latter in appropriate locations (snapshots). Snapshots |
1015 |
|
|
will be |
1016 |
|
|
tried to be updated on reboot/shutdown. Look at live-snapshot(1) for more |
1017 |
|
|
informations. If "nofiles" is specified, only filesystems with matching |
1018 |
|
|
labels |
1019 |
|
|
will be searched; no filesystems will be traversed looking for archives |
1020 |
|
|
or image |
1021 |
|
|
files. This results in shorter boot times. |
1022 |
|
|
|
1023 |
|
|
{preseed/file|file}=**FILE**:: |
1024 |
|
|
|
1025 |
|
|
A path to a file present on the rootfs could be used to preseed debconf |
1026 |
|
|
database. |
1027 |
|
|
|
1028 |
|
|
package/question=**VALUE**:: |
1029 |
|
|
|
1030 |
|
|
All debian installed packages could be preseeded from command-line that way, |
1031 |
|
|
beware of blanks spaces, they will interfere with parsing, use a preseed |
1032 |
|
|
file in |
1033 |
|
|
this case. |
1034 |
|
|
|
1035 |
|
|
quickreboot:: |
1036 |
|
|
|
1037 |
|
|
This option causes live-initramfs to reboot without attempting to eject the |
1038 |
|
|
media and without asking the user to remove the boot media. |
1039 |
|
|
|
1040 |
|
|
showmounts:: |
1041 |
|
|
|
1042 |
|
|
This parameter will make live-initramfs to show on "/" the ro filesystems |
1043 |
|
|
(mostly compressed) on "/live". This is not enabled by default because could |
1044 |
|
|
lead to problems by applications like "mono" which store binary paths on |
1045 |
|
|
installation. |
1046 |
|
|
|
1047 |
|
|
textonly |
1048 |
|
|
|
1049 |
|
|
Start up to text-mode shell prompts, disabling the graphical user interface. |
1050 |
|
|
|
1051 |
|
|
timezone=**TIMEZONE**:: |
1052 |
|
|
|
1053 |
|
|
By default, timezone is set to UTC. Using the timezone parameter, you can |
1054 |
|
|
set it |
1055 |
|
|
to your local zone, e.g. Europe/Zurich. |
1056 |
|
|
|
1057 |
|
|
todisk=**DEVICE**:: |
1058 |
|
|
|
1059 |
|
|
Adding this parameter, live-initramfs will try to copy the entire read-only |
1060 |
|
|
media to the specified device before mounting the root filesystem. It |
1061 |
|
|
probably |
1062 |
|
|
needs a lot of free space. Subsequent boots should then skip this step |
1063 |
|
|
and just |
1064 |
|
|
specify the "live-media=DEVICE" boot parameter with the same DEVICE used this |
1065 |
|
|
time. |
1066 |
|
|
|
1067 |
|
|
toram:: |
1068 |
|
|
|
1069 |
|
|
Adding this parameter, live-initramfs will try to copy the whole read-only |
1070 |
|
|
media |
1071 |
|
|
to the computer's RAM before mounting the root filesystem. This could need |
1072 |
|
|
a lot |
1073 |
|
|
of ram, according to the space used by the read-only media. |
1074 |
|
|
|
1075 |
|
|
union=**aufs**|**unionfs**:: |
1076 |
|
|
|
1077 |
|
|
By default, live-initramfs uses aufs. With this parameter, you can switch to |
1078 |
|
|
unionfs. |
1079 |
|
|
|
1080 |
|
|
utc=**yes**|**no**:: |
1081 |
|
|
|
1082 |
|
|
By default, Debian systems do assume that the hardware clock is set to |
1083 |
|
|
UTC. You |
1084 |
|
|
can change or explicitly set it with this parameter. |
1085 |
|
|
|
1086 |
|
|
xdebconf:: |
1087 |
|
|
|
1088 |
|
|
Uses xdebconfigurator, if present on the rootfs, to configure X instead |
1089 |
|
|
of the |
1090 |
|
|
standard procedure (experimental). |
1091 |
|
|
|
1092 |
|
|
xvideomode=**RESOLUTION**:: |
1093 |
|
|
|
1094 |
|
|
Doesn't do xorg autodetection, but enforces a given resolution. |
1095 |
|
|
|
1096 |
|
|
Files |
1097 |
|
|
----- |
1098 |
|
|
|
1099 |
|
|
/etc/live.conf |
1100 |
|
|
|
1101 |
|
|
Some variables can be configured via this config file (inside the live |
1102 |
|
|
system). |
1103 |
|
|
|
1104 |
|
|
/live/filesystem.module |
1105 |
|
|
|
1106 |
|
|
This optional file (inside the live media) contains a list of white-space or |
1107 |
|
|
carriage-return-separated file names corresponding to disk images in the |
1108 |
|
|
"/live" |
1109 |
|
|
directory. If this file exists, only images listed here will be merged |
1110 |
|
|
into the |
1111 |
|
|
root aufs, and they will be loaded in the order listed here. The first entry |
1112 |
|
|
in this file will be the "lowest" point in the aufs, and the last file in |
1113 |
|
|
this list will be on the "top" of the aufs, directly below /cow. Without |
1114 |
|
|
this file, any images in the "/live" directory are loaded in alphanumeric |
1115 |
|
|
order. |
1116 |
|
|
|
1117 |
sng |
60 |
/etc/live-persistence.binds |
1118 |
sng |
28 |
|
1119 |
|
|
This optional file (which resides in the rootfs system, not in the live |
1120 |
|
|
media) |
1121 |
|
|
is used as a list of directories which not need be persistent: ie. their |
1122 |
|
|
content does not need to survive reboots when using the persistence features. |
1123 |
|
|
|
1124 |
|
|
This saves expensive writes and speeds up operations on volatile data such as |
1125 |
|
|
web caches and temporary files (like e.g. /tmp and .mozilla) which are |
1126 |
|
|
regenerated each time. This is achieved by bind mounting each listed |
1127 |
|
|
directory |
1128 |
|
|
with a tmpfs on the original path. |
1129 |
|
|
|
1130 |
|
|
See also |
1131 |
|
|
-------- |
1132 |
|
|
|
1133 |
|
|
live-snapshot(1), initramfs-tools(8), live-helper(7), live-initscripts(7), |
1134 |
|
|
live-webhelper(7) |
1135 |
|
|
|
1136 |
|
|
Bugs |
1137 |
|
|
---- |
1138 |
|
|
|
1139 |
|
|
Report bugs against live-initramfs |
1140 |
sng |
60 |
http://packages.qa.debian.org/live-initramfs. |
1141 |
sng |
28 |
|
1142 |
|
|
Homepage |
1143 |
|
|
-------- |
1144 |
|
|
|
1145 |
|
|
More information about the Debian Live project can be found at |
1146 |
sng |
60 |
http://debian-live.alioth.debian.org/ and |
1147 |
|
|
http://wiki.debian.org/DebianLive/. |
1148 |
sng |
28 |
|
1149 |
|
|
Authors |
1150 |
|
|
------- |
1151 |
|
|
|
1152 |
sng |
60 |
live-initramfs is maintained by Daniel Baumann <daniel@debian.org&gt; |
1153 |
sng |
28 |
for the Debian project. |
1154 |
|
|
|
1155 |
sng |
60 |
live-initramfs is a fork of casper. |
1156 |
|
|
casper was originally written by Tollef Fog Heen |
1157 |
|
|
<tfheen@canonical.com&gt; |
1158 |
|
|
and Matt Zimmerman <mdz@canonical.com&gt;. |
1159 |
sng |
28 |
|
1160 |
|
|
|
1161 |
|
|
|
1162 |
|
|
|
1163 |
|
|
About Clonezilla Live |
1164 |
|
|
============================================================================== |
1165 |
|
|
|
1166 |
|
|
Intro |
1167 |
|
|
**************************************** |
1168 |
|
|
The DRBL-based PXEBoot Clonezilla is used to clone many computers |
1169 |
|
|
simultaneously. It is an extremely useful tool, however, it does have several |
1170 |
|
|
limitations. In order to use it, you must first prepare a DRBL server AND |
1171 |
|
|
the machine to be cloned must boot from a network (e.g. PXE/Etherboot). |
1172 |
|
|
|
1173 |
|
|
To address these limitations, the Free Software Lab at the NCHC has combined |
1174 |
|
|
Debian Live {{ http://debian-live.alioth.debian.org/ }} with Clonezilla |
1175 |
|
|
to produce "Clonezilla Live", a new software that can be used to easily |
1176 |
|
|
clone individual machines. |
1177 |
|
|
|
1178 |
|
|
Clonezilla Live provides two modes of operation: |
1179 |
|
|
|
1180 |
|
|
* device-image |
1181 |
|
|
In this mode of operation, a disk/partition can be saved to an |
1182 |
|
|
image file. This image file can be used to restore the original |
1183 |
|
|
disk/partition. With Clonezilla-SysRescCD, it can also be used to create an |
1184 |
|
|
automated restore CD/DVD. This is the mode of operation we will discuss here. |
1185 |
|
|
|
1186 |
|
|
* device-device (cloning) |
1187 |
|
|
This mode of operation creates an exact copy of the original disk/partition |
1188 |
|
|
on the fly. |
1189 |
|
|
|
1190 |
|
|
When working in device-image mode, you will always have to specify three |
1191 |
|
|
things: |
1192 |
|
|
|
1193 |
|
|
* The location of the image file |
1194 |
|
|
* The working parameters for the operation |
1195 |
|
|
* The disk/partition that will be saved/restored |
1196 |
|
|
|
1197 |
|
|
Clonezilla Live provides a user friendly interface in order to insert |
1198 |
|
|
this data. |
1199 |
|
|
|
1200 |
|
|
When Clonezilla Live is booted up, either normally or copied to RAM, the |
1201 |
|
|
contents of the whole CD/DVD can be found in folder /live/image. This |
1202 |
|
|
is where you will find any extra files, such as the restorecd and the |
1203 |
|
|
doc folders. |
1204 |
|
|
|
1205 |
|
|
Starting and stopping Clonezilla Live |
1206 |
|
|
**************************************** |
1207 |
|
|
When you boot into Clonezilla Live, the program (actually a script) starts |
1208 |
|
|
automatically. There are many places where you can stop it, by selecting |
1209 |
|
|
Cancel or answering N(o) to a question. When you do that you will probably |
1210 |
|
|
get the following: |
1211 |
|
|
Now you can choose to: |
1212 |
|
|
(0) Poweroff |
1213 |
|
|
(1) Reboot |
1214 |
|
|
(2) Enter command line prompt |
1215 |
|
|
(3) Start over |
1216 |
|
|
[2] |
1217 |
|
|
|
1218 |
|
|
Select Poweroff or Reboot, only if you haven't already mounted a disk |
1219 |
|
|
partition. I found out by experience, it is not always safe to let any live |
1220 |
|
|
CD automatically unmount my partitions. So if you have already specified |
1221 |
|
|
the image partition and/or the partition to save/restore, you should enter |
1222 |
|
|
command line prompt and type: |
1223 |
|
|
sudo su - |
1224 |
|
|
mount | grep /dev/[sh]d |
1225 |
|
|
and then unmount the partitions shown by the last command. So if the |
1226 |
|
|
results of this command is for example: |
1227 |
|
|
/dev/hda1 on /home/partimag type vfat (rw) |
1228 |
|
|
just type the command: |
1229 |
|
|
umount /dev/hda1 |
1230 |
|
|
and it's now safe to Poweroff of Reboot. |
1231 |
|
|
|
1232 |
|
|
If, on the other hand, you just want to restart the program, type: |
1233 |
|
|
ocs-live |
1234 |
|
|
|
1235 |
|
|
About the Image file |
1236 |
|
|
**************************************** |
1237 |
|
|
One thing should be made clear about the image file: it is not a file, |
1238 |
|
|
it is a folder, containing the actual image file and some data about the |
1239 |
|
|
disk/partition it is associated with. So when you insert the image file name, |
1240 |
|
|
you actually insert the folder name where the image will be saved/restored. |
1241 |
|
|
|
1242 |
|
|
Before you are able to insert the image file name, a list of partitions |
1243 |
|
|
will be presented to you, so that you can choose where it should be |
1244 |
|
|
saved/found. When you select one of them, it will be mounted under |
1245 |
|
|
/home/partimag. |
1246 |
|
|
|
1247 |
|
|
This folder is very important for Clonezilla Live; the image file must be |
1248 |
|
|
located under this directory, which means that the image file must be on |
1249 |
|
|
the root directory of the mounted partition. So you can not, for example, |
1250 |
|
|
create a folder called all_my_images and move all your image files in there; |
1251 |
|
|
Clonezilla Live will not be able to find them!!! |
1252 |
|
|
|
1253 |
|
|
Another thing that should be pointed out is that only unmounted partitions |
1254 |
|
|
will be included in the above list. This means that if you have stopped |
1255 |
|
|
the program at some point after specifying the partition where the image |
1256 |
|
|
file resides, and it has been mounted, it will not be present in the list |
1257 |
|
|
the next time it is presented to you, and you will not be able to use it. |
1258 |
|
|
|
1259 |
|
|
There are two things you can do in this case; either unmount the partition, |
1260 |
|
|
as stated above, or select |
1261 |
|
|
skip Use existing /home/partimag |
1262 |
|
|
|
1263 |
|
|
instead of any other option, when you restart the program. The later of |
1264 |
|
|
course means that you still want to use the previously specified partition |
1265 |
|
|
as the image file location. |
1266 |
|
|
|
1267 |
|
|
Fianlly I should say that Clonezilla Live is able to use a remote |
1268 |
|
|
disk/partition as the location of the image file, mounted through ssh, |
1269 |
|
|
samba or nfs. Using any of these options is a more advanced topic, way |
1270 |
|
|
beyond the scope of this presentation. |
1271 |
|
|
|
1272 |
|
|
Scripts' options |
1273 |
|
|
**************************************** |
1274 |
|
|
This section presents the options which are available at the "Clonezilla |
1275 |
|
|
advanced extra parameters" screens, if the "Expert" mode is selected. For |
1276 |
|
|
other options, see Getting backups and Restoring data. |
1277 |
|
|
|
1278 |
|
|
Backup options |
1279 |
|
|
--------------------- |
1280 |
|
|
> Imaging program priority |
1281 |
|
|
|
1282 |
|
|
-q2 Priority: partclone > partimage > dd |
1283 |
|
|
-q1 Priority: Only dd (supports all filesystem, but inefficient) |
1284 |
|
|
-q Priority: ntfsclone > partimage > dd |
1285 |
|
|
Priority: partimage > dd (no ntfsclone) |
1286 |
|
|
|
1287 |
|
|
This option chooses which imaging programs are preferred. By default, |
1288 |
|
|
Clonezilla Live uses partclone for nearly all filesystems, including |
1289 |
|
|
ext2/3/4, NTFS and FAT32. If a filesystem isn't supported by partclone, |
1290 |
|
|
but is supported by partimage (spesifically: if the filesystem is HFS, |
1291 |
|
|
HPFS or JFS), it is cloned by partimage. If it isn't supported by either |
1292 |
|
|
(for example Linux swap, though it doesn't make any sense to clone swap |
1293 |
|
|
partitions), it is cloned by dd. Unlike partclone or partimage, dd copies |
1294 |
|
|
all blocks of the partition instead of only used, resulting in slower |
1295 |
|
|
imaging process and bigger images. |
1296 |
|
|
|
1297 |
|
|
Normally the default option -q2 should be preferred. Try another option |
1298 |
|
|
if you have problems and believe they are caused by the imaging program used. |
1299 |
|
|
|
1300 |
|
|
> Various parameters |
1301 |
|
|
|
1302 |
|
|
These options are available at the second "Clonezilla advanced extra |
1303 |
|
|
parameters" screen. |
1304 |
|
|
-c Client waits for confirmation before cloning |
1305 |
|
|
This option causes Clonezilla Live to ask if you really want to clone the |
1306 |
|
|
disk/partition just before it starts cloning. It is enabled by default. |
1307 |
|
|
|
1308 |
|
|
-j2 Clone the hidden data between MBR and 1st partition |
1309 |
|
|
If this option is set, the 15 hidden sectors between Master Boot Record |
1310 |
|
|
and the first partition are copied. This area usually contains some data |
1311 |
|
|
necessary for booting. The option is enabled by default and should be kept |
1312 |
|
|
enabled if you are cloning a bootable disk. |
1313 |
|
|
|
1314 |
|
|
-nogui Use text output only, no TUI/GUI output |
1315 |
|
|
Causes Clonezilla Live to force the used programs to use only command-line |
1316 |
|
|
interface even if text-based or graphical user interface is available. |
1317 |
|
|
|
1318 |
|
|
-a Do NOT force to turn on HD DMA |
1319 |
|
|
Prevents Clonezilla Live from using DMA for communicating with hard |
1320 |
|
|
drives. Slows cloning down but in some conditions cloning without this |
1321 |
|
|
option can be impossible. |
1322 |
|
|
|
1323 |
|
|
-rm-win-swap-hib Remove page and hibernation files in Win if exists |
1324 |
|
|
This option prevents Clonezilla Live from cloning your page file if you |
1325 |
|
|
are cloning a partition containing Windows. Often the page file is big |
1326 |
|
|
and unneeded, and skipping it may speed cloning up without causing any |
1327 |
|
|
harm. Mind you, this option is disabled by default because sometimes the |
1328 |
|
|
page file may be necessary. |
1329 |
|
|
|
1330 |
|
|
-ntfs-ok Skip checking NTFS integrity, even bad sectors (ntfsclone only) |
1331 |
|
|
This option works only if you selected the -q option and you're cloning |
1332 |
|
|
a NTFS partition. It prevents the integrity check of NTFS partitions and |
1333 |
|
|
speeds the cloning process up a little. However, if the check is disabled, |
1334 |
|
|
there is a risk that the filesystem is damaged and the image created from |
1335 |
|
|
it is useless. |
1336 |
|
|
|
1337 |
|
|
-gm Generate image MD5 checksums |
1338 |
|
|
Causes Clonezilla Live to calculate MD5 checksum(s) of image(s) created. If |
1339 |
|
|
the image cets corrupted afterwards, the checksum allows to notice the |
1340 |
|
|
corruption before the image is restored. Mind you, calculating the checksum |
1341 |
|
|
takes some time and slows the process down a little. |
1342 |
|
|
|
1343 |
|
|
-gs Generate image SHA1 checksums |
1344 |
|
|
This option is identical to the above, but creates SHA1 checksum(s) instead |
1345 |
|
|
of MD5. SHA1 is considered to be more accurate checksum algorithm than MD5, |
1346 |
|
|
but MD5 is more popular. |
1347 |
|
|
|
1348 |
|
|
> Compression method |
1349 |
|
|
|
1350 |
|
|
-z1 gzip compression (fast with a smaller image) |
1351 |
|
|
-z2 bzip2 compression (slowest but smallest image) |
1352 |
|
|
-z3 lzo compression (faster with image size approx. to that of |
1353 |
|
|
gzip)(NOTE!!) |
1354 |
|
|
-z4 lzma compression (slowest but also small image, faster |
1355 |
|
|
decompression than bzip2) |
1356 |
|
|
-z0 No compression (fastest but largest image size) |
1357 |
|
|
|
1358 |
|
|
This option chooses the method which is used to compress the image while |
1359 |
|
|
creating it. |
1360 |
|
|
|
1361 |
|
|
If no compression is used at all, there won't be any negative speed impact |
1362 |
|
|
caused by compression. However, the image file size is the size of all the |
1363 |
|
|
data backed up - for example, if you clone a 160 GB hard drive containing |
1364 |
|
|
60 gigabytes of data, the resulting disk image will be 60 gigabytes in size. |
1365 |
|
|
|
1366 |
|
|
Gzip and lzop are fast compression methods. Lzop is many times faster than |
1367 |
|
|
gzip, but creates slightly larger images. Clonezilla Live warns that lzop |
1368 |
|
|
requires good-quality RAM, but I (the contributor who wrote this chapter) |
1369 |
|
|
think other compression methods require good RAM too. |
1370 |
|
|
|
1371 |
|
|
Bzip2 and lzma are powerful compression methods. Lzma creates a little |
1372 |
|
|
smaller images than bzip2, and decompressing lzma-compressed images is faster |
1373 |
|
|
than decompressing bzip2 images. But there is no free lunch: lzma compression |
1374 |
|
|
method is very slow compared even to bzip2, which isn't fast method either. |
1375 |
|
|
|
1376 |
|
|
> Splitting |
1377 |
|
|
|
1378 |
|
|
This option (command line: -i [number]) decides if the created image files |
1379 |
|
|
are splitted into smaller pieces, and if yes, how large the pieces are. This |
1380 |
|
|
setting doesn't usually matter, but some filesystems (most importantly |
1381 |
|
|
FAT32) don't allow files larger than four gigabytes. If you're saving the |
1382 |
|
|
disk image to a FAT32 partition, enter 4000 or less. (Value 0 disables |
1383 |
|
|
splitting, so don't use it in that case.) If the filesystem allows files |
1384 |
|
|
big enough, enter any value which isn't too small (you don't want to split |
1385 |
|
|
the image into too many pieces, do you?) |
1386 |
|
|
|
1387 |
|
|
> Postaction |
1388 |
|
|
|
1389 |
|
|
-p true Do nothing when the clone finishes |
1390 |
|
|
-p reboot Reboot client when the clone finishes |
1391 |
|
|
-p poweroff Shutdown client when the clone finishes |
1392 |
|
|
|
1393 |
|
|
In this screen you can decide what Clonezilla Live does when the |
1394 |
|
|
disk/partition is cloned. |
1395 |
|
|
|
1396 |
|
|
Spiros told above that he has found out that it's not always safe to allow |
1397 |
|
|
Live CDs automatically unmount partitions, and I have lost data when trying |
1398 |
|
|
auto-unmount with a script. So, avoid -p reboot and -p poweroff options |
1399 |
|
|
if possible. You have been warned. |
1400 |
|
|
|
1401 |
|
|
Restore options (script ocs-sr) |
1402 |
|
|
--------------------- |
1403 |
|
|
> Various parameters |
1404 |
|
|
|
1405 |
|
|
These options are available at the first "Clonezilla advanced extra |
1406 |
|
|
parameters" screen. |
1407 |
|
|
-g auto Reinstall grub in client disk MBR (only if grub config exists) |
1408 |
|
|
Causes Clonezilla Live to reinstall GRUB into the Master Boot Record |
1409 |
|
|
of the disk if at least one partition contains GRUB config file |
1410 |
|
|
(/boot/grub/menu.lst). The option is enabled by default and shouldn't |
1411 |
|
|
cause any harm. However, it should be disabled if you for example have |
1412 |
|
|
another bootloader in MBR and chainload GRUB with it. |
1413 |
|
|
|
1414 |
|
|
-e1 auto Automatically adjust filesystem geometry for a NTFS boot partition |
1415 |
|
|
if exists |
1416 |
|
|
The NTLDR bootloader used by Windows isn't able to determine automatically |
1417 |
|
|
where the files it needs are stored. It only knows their physical locations, |
1418 |
|
|
which sometimes change when the disk or partition is copied. If the locations |
1419 |
|
|
are changed and this option is selected, the location information of the |
1420 |
|
|
files is changed accordingly. This option is enabled by default and if |
1421 |
|
|
it's disabled, the cloned Windows will fail to boot. |
1422 |
|
|
|
1423 |
|
|
-e2 sfdisk uses CHS of hard drive from EDD(for non-grub boot loader) |
1424 |
|
|
This option requires that the -e1 auto option is selected. It causes |
1425 |
|
|
Clonezilla Live to use disk read interface named EDD for determining the |
1426 |
|
|
physical locations of the files when updating the location information |
1427 |
|
|
used by NTLDR. The option is enabled by default because it reduces the |
1428 |
|
|
risk that Windows doesn't boot. |
1429 |
|
|
|
1430 |
|
|
-hn0 PC Change MS Win hostname (based on IP address) after clone |
1431 |
|
|
If this option is selected and a partition containing Microsoft Windows is |
1432 |
|
|
cloned, its IP address -based hostname is changed after cloning. Computers |
1433 |
|
|
which are on any network simultaneously need to have different hostnames, |
1434 |
|
|
so this option is needed if a Windows system is cloned to another computer |
1435 |
|
|
and the original computer is still used in addition to the one where the |
1436 |
|
|
image was restored to. |
1437 |
|
|
|
1438 |
|
|
-hn1 PC Change MS Win hostname (based on MAC address) after clone |
1439 |
|
|
This option causes the MAC address -based hostname of Windows to change. This |
1440 |
|
|
option needs also be enabled in the above condition. |
1441 |
|
|
|
1442 |
|
|
-v Prints verbose messages (especially for udpcast) |
1443 |
|
|
Causes Clonezilla Live to tell more information of what it does. |
1444 |
|
|
|
1445 |
|
|
-nogui Use text output only, no TUI/GUI output |
1446 |
|
|
Causes Clonezilla Live to force the used programs to use only command-line |
1447 |
|
|
interface even if text-based or graphical user interface is available. |
1448 |
|
|
|
1449 |
|
|
-b Run clone in batch mode (DANGEROUS!) |
1450 |
|
|
Causes Clonezilla Live to run in batch mode. According to Clonezilla |
1451 |
|
|
Live reference card, this option is dangerous, though I (the contributor) |
1452 |
|
|
don't know why. |
1453 |
|
|
|
1454 |
|
|
-c Client waits for confirmation before cloning |
1455 |
|
|
This option causes Clonezilla Live to ask if you really want to clone the |
1456 |
|
|
disk/partition just before it starts cloning. It is enabled by default. |
1457 |
|
|
|
1458 |
|
|
-t Client does not restore the MBR (Mater Boot Record) |
1459 |
|
|
Do NOT restore the MBR (Mater Boot Record) when restoring image. If this |
1460 |
|
|
option is set, you must make sure there is an existing MBR in the current |
1461 |
|
|
restored harddisk. Default is Yes. |
1462 |
|
|
|
1463 |
|
|
-t1 Client restores the prebuilt MBR from syslinux (For Windows only) |
1464 |
|
|
If this option is set, the MBR is overwritten by prebuilt one which |
1465 |
|
|
chainloads Windows. Use this option if you have to restore Windows and |
1466 |
|
|
make it bootable, but don't have the original MBR or backup of it. |
1467 |
|
|
|
1468 |
|
|
-r Try to resize the filesystem to fit partition size |
1469 |
|
|
This option is useful if you are cloning a small disk to larger one. It |
1470 |
|
|
tries to resize the restored filesystem to the size of the partition where |
1471 |
|
|
it was restored to. It allows you to use the whole size of your new disk |
1472 |
|
|
without resizing the partition afterwards. The option requires that the |
1473 |
|
|
disk where the image is copied already contains a partition where the |
1474 |
|
|
image is restored or that the option -k1 is enabled. |
1475 |
|
|
|
1476 |
|
|
-e sfdisk uses the CHS value of hard drive from the saved image |
1477 |
|
|
Force to use the saved CHS (cylinders, heads, sectors) when using sfdisk. Of |
1478 |
|
|
cource, there is no use of it when using any of -j0, -k or -k2 options. |
1479 |
|
|
|
1480 |
|
|
-j1 Write MBR (512 B) again after image is restored. Not OK for partition |
1481 |
|
|
table diffe |
1482 |
|
|
When a disk image is restored, the partition table must be updated to |
1483 |
|
|
reflect the actual partitions in the disk. If you don't want it to happen, |
1484 |
|
|
enable this option. Then the Master Boot Record (including the partition |
1485 |
|
|
table) is restored again after restoring the image. Note that using this |
1486 |
|
|
option can destroy all the data in the target drive. |
1487 |
|
|
|
1488 |
|
|
-j2 Clone the hidden data between MBR and 1st partition |
1489 |
|
|
If this option is set, the 15 hidden sectors between Master Boot Record |
1490 |
|
|
and the first partition are restored. This area usually contains some data |
1491 |
|
|
necessary for booting. The option is enabled by default and should be kept |
1492 |
|
|
enabled if you are cloning a bootable disk. |
1493 |
|
|
|
1494 |
|
|
-cm Check image by MD5 checksums |
1495 |
|
|
If the image folder contains MD5 checksum(s), this option causes Clonezilla |
1496 |
|
|
Live to check if the image has corrupted by calculating its checksum and |
1497 |
|
|
comparing it to the precalculated one. Mind you, calculating the checksum |
1498 |
|
|
takes some time and slows the process down a little. |
1499 |
|
|
|
1500 |
|
|
-cs Check image by SHA1 checksums |
1501 |
|
|
This option is identical to the above, but checks SHA1 checksum(s) instead |
1502 |
|
|
of MD5. |
1503 |
|
|
|
1504 |
|
|
-a Do NOT force to turn on HD DMA |
1505 |
|
|
Prevents Clonezilla Live from using DMA for communicating with hard |
1506 |
|
|
drives. Slows cloning down but in some conditions cloning without this |
1507 |
|
|
option can be impossible. |
1508 |
|
|
|
1509 |
|
|
-o0 Run script in $OCS_PRERUN_DIR before clone starts |
1510 |
|
|
Run the scripts in the directory $OCS_PRERUN_DIR before clone is |
1511 |
|
|
started. The location of the directory can be determined by editing the |
1512 |
|
|
file drbl-ocs.conf. By default it is /opt/drbl/share/ocs/prerun. |
1513 |
|
|
|
1514 |
|
|
-o1 Run script in $OCS_POSTRUN_DIR as clone finishes |
1515 |
|
|
Run the scripts in the directory $OCS_POSTRUN_DIR when clone is |
1516 |
|
|
finished. The location of the directory can be determined by editing the |
1517 |
|
|
file drbl-ocs.conf. By default it is /opt/drbl/share/ocs/postrun. The |
1518 |
|
|
command will be run before that assigned in -p. |
1519 |
|
|
|
1520 |
|
|
The scripts will be executed by the program "run-parts". run-parts only |
1521 |
|
|
accepts that the name of the scripts must consist entirely of upper and |
1522 |
|
|
lower case letters, digits and underscores. So if your file name has an |
1523 |
|
|
illegal character ".", run-parts won't run it. You can test which files |
1524 |
|
|
will be executed by entering the command: |
1525 |
|
|
run-parts --test /opt/drbl/share/ocs/postrun |
1526 |
|
|
|
1527 |
|
|
> Partition table |
1528 |
|
|
|
1529 |
|
|
This option decides what is done to the partition table of the target drive. |
1530 |
|
|
Use the partition table from the image |
1531 |
|
|
This option causes Clonezilla Live to copy the partition table from the |
1532 |
|
|
image. Use this option if you are cloning a whole disk or somehow know that |
1533 |
|
|
the partition tables are identical (for example, if you are restoring a |
1534 |
|
|
partition to the same disk where it was copied from and haven't repartitioned |
1535 |
|
|
the drive after creating the backup). This is the default option. |
1536 |
|
|
|
1537 |
|
|
-k Do NOT create a partition table on the target disk |
1538 |
|
|
Do NOT create partition in target harddisk. If this option is set, |
1539 |
|
|
you must make sure there is an existing partition table in the current |
1540 |
|
|
restored harddisk. |
1541 |
|
|
|
1542 |
|
|
-k1 Create partition table proportionally (OK for MRB format, not GPT) |
1543 |
|
|
Causes Clonezilla Live to create the partition table automatically using |
1544 |
|
|
sfdisk after restoring the images. This option works nearly always, but |
1545 |
|
|
sometimes cloned Windows don't boot. Note that this option doesn't work if |
1546 |
|
|
you have GUID Partition Table on your disk. (Most likely you don't have one.) |
1547 |
|
|
|
1548 |
|
|
-k2 Enter command line prompt to create partition manually later |
1549 |
|
|
Like the -k option, this option doesn't create the partition table |
1550 |
|
|
automatically. However, after restoring the image you are led to command |
1551 |
|
|
line prompt where you can create the partition table manually. Don't use |
1552 |
|
|
this option if you don't know how the partition table can be created. |
1553 |
|
|
|
1554 |
|
|
-j0 Use dd to create partition (NOT OK if logical drives exist) |
1555 |
|
|
Use dd to dump the partition table from saved image instead of sfdisk. |
1556 |
|
|
|
1557 |
|
|
We read in DRBL FAQ/Q&A {{ |
1558 |
|
|
http://drbl.sourceforge.net/faq/fine-print.php?path=./2_System/23_Missing_OS.faq#23_Missing_OS.faq |
1559 |
|
|
}}: |
1560 |
|
|
|
1561 |
|
|
When I use clonezilla to clone M$ windows, there is no any problem |
1562 |
|
|
when saving an image from template machine. However, after the image |
1563 |
|
|
is restored to another machine, it fails to boot, the error message is |
1564 |
|
|
"Missing Operating System". What's going on ? |
1565 |
|
|
|
1566 |
|
|
Usually this is because GNU/Linux and M$ windows interpret the CHS (cylinder, |
1567 |
|
|
head, sector) value of harddrive differently. Some possible solutions: |
1568 |
|
|
1. Maybe you can change the IDE harddrive setting in BIOS, try to use |
1569 |
|
|
LBA instead of auto mode. |
1570 |
|
|
2. Try to choose |
1571 |
|
|
[ ] -j0 Use dd to create partition table instead of sfdisk |
1572 |
|
|
and |
1573 |
|
|
[ ] -t1 Client restores the prebuilt MBR from syslinux (For Windows only) |
1574 |
|
|
when you restore the image. |
1575 |
|
|
3. You can try to boot the machine with MS Windows 9x bootable floppy, |
1576 |
|
|
and in the DOS command prompt, run: "fdisk /mbr". |
1577 |
|
|
4. You can try to boot the machine with MS Windows XP installation |
1578 |
|
|
CD, enter recovery mode (by pressing F10 key in MS XP, for example), |
1579 |
|
|
then in the console, run "fixmbr" to fix it. Maybe another command |
1580 |
|
|
"fixboot" will help, too. For more info, refer to this doc {{ |
1581 |
|
|
http://support.microsoft.com/?scid=kb%3Ben-us%3B314058&x=7&y=14 }} |
1582 |
|
|
5. Use ntfsreloc to adjust FS geometry on NTFS partitions. For more info, |
1583 |
|
|
refer to http://www.linux-ntfs.org/doku.php?id=contrib:ntfsreloc |
1584 |
|
|
|
1585 |
|
|
It has been confirmed that activating the -j0 option, fixes the problem. |
1586 |
|
|
|
1587 |
|
|
This option doesn't work if you use LVM (Logical Volume Manager). |
1588 |
|
|
|
1589 |
|
|
exit Exit |
1590 |
|
|
This option ends the restore process and enters command line prompt. |
1591 |
|
|
|
1592 |
|
|
> Postaction |
1593 |
|
|
|
1594 |
|
|
-p true Do nothing when the clone finishes |
1595 |
|
|
-p reboot Reboot client when the clone finishes |
1596 |
|
|
-p poweroff Shutdown client when the clone finishes |
1597 |
|
|
|
1598 |
|
|
When image restoration finishes, do one of the following: choose action |
1599 |
|
|
(default), poweroff or reboot. |
1600 |
|
|
|
1601 |
|
|
Saving image files in NTFS partitions |
1602 |
|
|
**************************************** |
1603 |
|
|
Although not recomended, you may find yourself having to save your image |
1604 |
|
|
file in a NTFS (Windows XP) partition. You may never have a problem doing |
1605 |
|
|
this, but you may get a message like the following one, when the partition |
1606 |
|
|
gets mounted: |
1607 |
|
|
Volume is scheduled for check |
1608 |
|
|
Please boot into Windows TWICE, or use 'force' mount option" |
1609 |
|
|
and the backup procedure fails. There are two things you can do here: |
1610 |
|
|
|
1611 |
|
|
* Exit the program, reboot and use Windows XP Recovery Console to fix the |
1612 |
|
|
NTFS file system. From Recovery Console |
1613 |
|
|
prompt, execute the command: |
1614 |
|
|
chkdsk /f X: |
1615 |
|
|
|
1616 |
|
|
where X: is the drive letter of the disk. When done, boot back into |
1617 |
|
|
Clonezilla Live and repeat the backup procedure. |
1618 |
|
|
|
1619 |
|
|
If the Windows version you use is not XP, boot into SystemRescueCD |
1620 |
|
|
(graphical mode is not needed) and run the following command: |
1621 |
|
|
ntfsfix /dev/hda1 |
1622 |
|
|
|
1623 |
|
|
where /dev/hda1 is the partition name in GNU/Linux. When done, boot back |
1624 |
|
|
into Clonezilla Live and repeat the backup procedure. |
1625 |
|
|
|
1626 |
|
|
If the disk/partition you are trying to backup is not the Windows System |
1627 |
|
|
disk (usually C:), you can boot Windows, and execute the command in a DOS |
1628 |
|
|
window. To open a DOS window click Start / Run... and at the prompt Open: |
1629 |
|
|
type cmd. |
1630 |
|
|
|
1631 |
|
|
* If Windows XP Recovery Console is not available, you don't have the time |
1632 |
|
|
to execute the procedure described above, or even if you have executed it |
1633 |
|
|
but you still get the same message, and you are absolutely sure that you |
1634 |
|
|
get this message because the NTFS partition is really scheduled for check, |
1635 |
|
|
and it's not because Windows crushed or have become corrupt, you can mount |
1636 |
|
|
the patririon by hand and tell Clonezilla Live to use it. Assuming the |
1637 |
|
|
partition is /dev/hda1, exit the program and execute the commands: |
1638 |
|
|
sudo su - |
1639 |
|
|
ntfs-3g -o force /dev/hda1 /home/partimag |
1640 |
|
|
ocs-live |
1641 |
|
|
|
1642 |
|
|
and when you get to the screen "Mount clonezilla image directory", select |
1643 |
|
|
skip Use existing /home/partimag |
1644 |
|
|
|
1645 |
|
|
|
1646 |
|
|
|
1647 |
|
|
|
1648 |
|
|
Getting backups |
1649 |
|
|
============================================================================== |
1650 |
|
|
|
1651 |
|
|
Intro |
1652 |
|
|
**************************************** |
1653 |
|
|
In this page I will demonstrate the creation of an image file by getting |
1654 |
|
|
a backup of a virtual partition (/dev/hdb1). The image file will be saved |
1655 |
|
|
in another virtual partition (/dev/hda1). |
1656 |
|
|
|
1657 |
|
|
The first thing you do when you want to get a backup of a disk/partition, |
1658 |
|
|
is make sure both the souce (to be backed up) and target (to hold the |
1659 |
|
|
image file) partitions are in excellent condition (error free). This is the |
1660 |
|
|
logical thing to do, cause I wouldn't want to backup a corrupt partition, |
1661 |
|
|
or end up with a corrupt image file. |
1662 |
|
|
|
1663 |
|
|
There is one more step I would want to take: I should check that my BIOS |
1664 |
|
|
boot settings are correct, in order to boot from my CD/DVD drive. |
1665 |
|
|
|
1666 |
|
|
Having done all of the above, I am ready to boot from Clonezilla-SysRescCD. |
1667 |
|
|
|
1668 |
|
|
[[ info.png ]] |
1669 |
|
|
The following pressentation has been made usingClonezilla Live v 1.2.3-27 |
1670 |
|
|
|
1671 |
|
|
Getting the backup |
1672 |
|
|
**************************************** |
1673 |
|
|
Clonezilla-SysRescCD starting screen |
1674 |
|
|
--------------------- |
1675 |
|
|
If you're fine with US keymap and English language (available languages are |
1676 |
|
|
English, Spanish, French, Italian, Japanese and Chinese [both simplified |
1677 |
|
|
and traditional]) or don't mind editing the boot parameters, just select |
1678 |
|
|
Clonezilla Live at the starting screen and press ENTER. When the system |
1679 |
|
|
comes up, it will load the program that will preform the backup. After |
1680 |
|
|
that continue from this step. |
1681 |
|
|
|
1682 |
|
|
If you need to change these settings, select one of the available Clonezilla |
1683 |
|
|
Live menu entries, and press TAB. The current boot parameters will be |
1684 |
|
|
displayed. |
1685 |
|
|
|
1686 |
|
|
The default parameters for booting Clonezilla Live on a 1024x768 screen, |
1687 |
|
|
are the following: |
1688 |
|
|
|
1689 |
|
|
append initrd=/live/initrd1.img boot=live union=aufs |
1690 |
|
|
ocs_live_run="ocs-live-general" ocs_live_extra_param="" |
1691 |
|
|
ocs_prerun="/live/image/restorecd/prerun.normal" ocs_live_batch="no" |
1692 |
|
|
ocs_lang="en_US.UTF-8" ocs_live_keymap="NONE" vga=791 nolocales |
1693 |
|
|
|
1694 |
|
|
By deleting the words in red, you instruct Clonezilla Live to ask you the |
1695 |
|
|
values of these parameters. When the appropriate changes have been done |
1696 |
|
|
(as shown bellow), just press ENTER to boot. |
1697 |
|
|
|
1698 |
|
|
append initrd=/live/initrd1.img boot=live union=aufs |
1699 |
|
|
ocs_live_run="ocs-live-general" ocs_live_extra_param="" |
1700 |
|
|
ocs_prerun="/live/image/restorecd/prerun.normal" ocs_live_batch="no" |
1701 |
|
|
ocs_lang="" ocs_live_keymap="" vga=791 nolocales |
1702 |
|
|
|
1703 |
|
|
Screen "Choose Language" |
1704 |
|
|
--------------------- |
1705 |
|
|
[[ backup-00.png ]] |
1706 |
|
|
I select "en_US.UTF-8 English" and press ENTER. |
1707 |
|
|
|
1708 |
|
|
Screen "Configuring console-data" |
1709 |
|
|
--------------------- |
1710 |
|
|
[[ backup-01.png ]] |
1711 |
|
|
I select "Select keymap from full list" and press ENTER. If you're using |
1712 |
|
|
US keymap, the default option "Don't touch keymap" is a better choice. |
1713 |
|
|
|
1714 |
|
|
Screen "Configuring console-data" |
1715 |
|
|
--------------------- |
1716 |
|
|
[[ backup-02.png ]] |
1717 |
|
|
As I (the contributor who wrote a great deal of this page) use Finnish |
1718 |
|
|
keyboard, I select "pc / qwerty / Finnish / Standard / Standard". Because |
1719 |
|
|
you most likely use a different keyboard, choose the one you use. |
1720 |
|
|
|
1721 |
|
|
Screen "Start Clonezilla" |
1722 |
|
|
--------------------- |
1723 |
|
|
[[ backup-03.png ]] |
1724 |
|
|
I select "Start Clonezilla" and press ENTER. |
1725 |
|
|
|
1726 |
|
|
Screen "Clonezilla" |
1727 |
|
|
--------------------- |
1728 |
|
|
[[ backup-04.png ]] |
1729 |
|
|
I select "device-image" and press ENTER. |
1730 |
|
|
|
1731 |
|
|
Screen "Mount clonezilla image directory" |
1732 |
|
|
--------------------- |
1733 |
|
|
In this screen I can select the way the image file directory will be saved. |
1734 |
|
|
Available options are local directory, remote directory through ssh, |
1735 |
|
|
samba or nfs and skip, to use the previously used directory. More info |
1736 |
|
|
about the image file can be found at section "About the Image file". |
1737 |
|
|
|
1738 |
|
|
[[ backup-05.png ]] |
1739 |
|
|
I select "local_dev" and press ENTER. |
1740 |
|
|
|
1741 |
|
|
Next screen |
1742 |
|
|
--------------------- |
1743 |
|
|
This is where I choose the location of the image file. It will be saved |
1744 |
|
|
at the root directory of the selected partition. |
1745 |
|
|
|
1746 |
|
|
[[ backup-06.png ]] |
1747 |
|
|
I select partition hda1 and press ENTER. |
1748 |
|
|
|
1749 |
|
|
[[ backup-07.png ]] |
1750 |
|
|
and then ENTER again. |
1751 |
|
|
|
1752 |
|
|
[[ backup-08.png ]] |
1753 |
|
|
This screen displays the mounting result. |
1754 |
|
|
As we can see, /dev/hda1 has been successfully mounted under /tmp/local-dev. |
1755 |
|
|
|
1756 |
|
|
Next Screen |
1757 |
|
|
--------------------- |
1758 |
|
|
[[ backup-09.png ]] |
1759 |
|
|
I select Beginer mode to accept the default backup options. If you select |
1760 |
|
|
Expert mode, you can choose the options yourself. More details can be |
1761 |
|
|
found here. |
1762 |
|
|
|
1763 |
|
|
Screen "Select mode" |
1764 |
|
|
--------------------- |
1765 |
|
|
Here I can select the desired operation. |
1766 |
|
|
|
1767 |
|
|
[[ backup-10.png ]] |
1768 |
|
|
I select "savedisk" and press ENTER. |
1769 |
|
|
|
1770 |
|
|
Next Screen |
1771 |
|
|
--------------------- |
1772 |
|
|
[[ backup-11.png ]] |
1773 |
|
|
In this screen I select the image name. |
1774 |
|
|
I type "Backup_5-2010_hdb", which in my opinion is more informative name |
1775 |
|
|
than the default. |
1776 |
|
|
|
1777 |
|
|
Next Screen |
1778 |
|
|
--------------------- |
1779 |
|
|
[[ backup-12.png ]] |
1780 |
|
|
Finally I am asked to select the partition to save. |
1781 |
|
|
I just press ENTER again. |
1782 |
|
|
|
1783 |
|
|
Starting the backup |
1784 |
|
|
--------------------- |
1785 |
|
|
[[ backup-13.png ]] |
1786 |
|
|
Then the program will display the command that will be executed and will |
1787 |
|
|
ask me to press ENTER. |
1788 |
|
|
Then I will be asked to confirm the operation by pressing y and ENTER. |
1789 |
|
|
|
1790 |
|
|
[[ backup-14.png ]] |
1791 |
|
|
After that, the backup begins |
1792 |
|
|
|
1793 |
|
|
[[ backup-15.png ]] |
1794 |
|
|
and when it's successfully completed, I will be able to reboot the system |
1795 |
|
|
by pressing 1 and ENTER. |
1796 |
|
|
|
1797 |
|
|
|
1798 |
|
|
|
1799 |
|
|
|
1800 |
|
|
Getting backups on Samba |
1801 |
|
|
============================================================================== |
1802 |
|
|
|
1803 |
|
|
Intro |
1804 |
|
|
**************************************** |
1805 |
|
|
What if you don't have a spare local disk or partition or a USB disk? How |
1806 |
|
|
will you be able to get a backup of your system? Well, if your PC is on |
1807 |
|
|
the same LAN with another PC running Windows (or linux), you can use Samba |
1808 |
|
|
to save your image file on that remote PC (which we will call Samba server |
1809 |
|
|
from now on). |
1810 |
|
|
|
1811 |
|
|
Using Samba you will be able to mount a Windows share resource (or |
1812 |
|
|
Samba share resource), from within Clonezilla Live, and save the image |
1813 |
|
|
file there. Then you can boot that PC using SystemRescueCD and create a |
1814 |
|
|
restore DVD. |
1815 |
|
|
|
1816 |
|
|
In this page I will demonstrate the creation of an image file by getting a |
1817 |
|
|
backup of my Windows partition (/dev/hda1). The image file will be save in |
1818 |
|
|
my Samba server which is my laptop (ip: 10.0.0.2, Windows share resource |
1819 |
|
|
name: data). |
1820 |
|
|
|
1821 |
|
|
What is Samba? |
1822 |
|
|
--------------------- |
1823 |
|
|
We read at http://us1.samba.org/samba/: |
1824 |
|
|
|
1825 |
|
|
Samba is an Open Source/Free Software suite that provides seamless file |
1826 |
|
|
and print services to SMB/CIFS clients. Samba is freely available, unlike |
1827 |
|
|
other SMB/CIFS implementations, and allows for interoperability between |
1828 |
|
|
Linux/Unix servers and Windows-based clients. |
1829 |
|
|
|
1830 |
|
|
Samba is software that can be run on a platform other than Microsoft |
1831 |
|
|
Windows, for example, UNIX, Linux, IBM System 390, OpenVMS, and other |
1832 |
|
|
operating systems. Samba uses the TCP/IP protocol that is installed on the |
1833 |
|
|
host server. When correctly configured, it allows that host to interact |
1834 |
|
|
with a Microsoft Windows client or server as if it is a Windows file and |
1835 |
|
|
print server. |
1836 |
|
|
|
1837 |
|
|
Gathering info |
1838 |
|
|
**************************************** |
1839 |
|
|
Before you can use this approach to get a backup, you have to get some |
1840 |
|
|
info about the Samba server. |
1841 |
|
|
|
1842 |
|
|
The Samba server I have used for this example was my laptop, so I already |
1843 |
|
|
knew most of the info required. If this is not the case for you, just ask |
1844 |
|
|
the owner, user or system admin. |
1845 |
|
|
|
1846 |
|
|
The info required is: |
1847 |
|
|
|
1848 |
|
|
* The IP address of the Samba server |
1849 |
|
|
* The domain on the Samba server |
1850 |
|
|
This may exist if your PC is connected to a larger LAN (a corporation |
1851 |
|
|
network, for example). In my case this is empty. |
1852 |
|
|
* The user name and password you can use |
1853 |
|
|
* The directory on the Samba server you can use to save your backup |
1854 |
|
|
This is the name of the Windows share resource (Samba share resource) |
1855 |
|
|
as it is known in the network, which is not necessarily the same as the |
1856 |
|
|
local directory name. The user whose account will be used to login to the |
1857 |
|
|
Samba server, must have write permission to this directory. |
1858 |
|
|
|
1859 |
|
|
Getting the backup |
1860 |
|
|
**************************************** |
1861 |
|
|
If you're fine with US keymap and English language (available languages are |
1862 |
|
|
English, Spanish, French, Italian, Japanese and Chinese [both simplified |
1863 |
|
|
and traditional]) or don't mind editing the boot parameters, just select |
1864 |
|
|
Clonezilla Live at the starting screen and press ENTER. When the system |
1865 |
|
|
comes up, it will load the program that will preform the backup. |
1866 |
|
|
|
1867 |
|
|
If you need to change these settings, go to the Getting backups page for |
1868 |
|
|
instructions . |
1869 |
|
|
|
1870 |
|
|
Screen "Start Clonezilla" |
1871 |
|
|
--------------------- |
1872 |
|
|
I select "Start Clonezilla" and press ENTER. |
1873 |
|
|
|
1874 |
|
|
Screen "Clonezilla" |
1875 |
|
|
--------------------- |
1876 |
|
|
I select "device-image" and press ENTER. |
1877 |
|
|
|
1878 |
|
|
Screen "Mount clonezilla image directory" [^ |
1879 |
|
|
--------------------- |
1880 |
|
|
In this screen I can select the way the image file directory will be saved. |
1881 |
|
|
Available options are local directory, remote directory through ssh, |
1882 |
|
|
samba or nfs and skip, to use the previously used directory. More info |
1883 |
|
|
about the image file can be found at section "About the Image file". |
1884 |
|
|
|
1885 |
|
|
I select "samba server" and press ENTER. |
1886 |
|
|
|
1887 |
|
|
Screen "Mount Samba Server" |
1888 |
|
|
--------------------- |
1889 |
|
|
This is where I have to enter the IP address of my Samba server. I type |
1890 |
|
|
"10.0.0.2" and press ENTER. |
1891 |
|
|
|
1892 |
|
|
Screen "Mount Samba Server" (second time) |
1893 |
|
|
--------------------- |
1894 |
|
|
This is where I have to enter the account (user) name on my Samba server. I |
1895 |
|
|
type "spiros" and press ENTER. |
1896 |
|
|
|
1897 |
|
|
Screen "Mount Samba Server" (third time) |
1898 |
|
|
--------------------- |
1899 |
|
|
This is where I have to enter the domain name on my Samba server. I select |
1900 |
|
|
"Cancel" and press ENTER, as there is no domain in my LAN. If there |
1901 |
|
|
is a domain in your network, you have to type its name (something like |
1902 |
|
|
my_company.com) and press ENTER. |
1903 |
|
|
|
1904 |
|
|
Screen "Mount Samba Server" (fourth time) |
1905 |
|
|
--------------------- |
1906 |
|
|
This is where I have to enter the directory name on my Samba server, |
1907 |
|
|
in which the image file will be saved. I type "/data" and press ENTER. |
1908 |
|
|
|
1909 |
|
|
At this point I will be asked for the password for user spiros. I will be |
1910 |
|
|
able to continue only after entering it correctly. |
1911 |
|
|
|
1912 |
|
|
Screen "Clonezilla - Opensource Clone System (OCS)" |
1913 |
|
|
--------------------- |
1914 |
|
|
I select Beginner mode to accept the default backup options. If you select |
1915 |
|
|
Expert mode, you can choose the options yourself. More details can be |
1916 |
|
|
found here. |
1917 |
|
|
|
1918 |
|
|
Screen "Clonezilla: Select mode" |
1919 |
|
|
--------------------- |
1920 |
|
|
Here I can select the desired operation. Available options are: |
1921 |
|
|
|
1922 |
|
|
savedisk |
1923 |
|
|
Save entire disk to image |
1924 |
|
|
|
1925 |
|
|
restoredisk |
1926 |
|
|
Restore entire disk from image |
1927 |
|
|
|
1928 |
|
|
saveparts |
1929 |
|
|
Save partition to image |
1930 |
|
|
|
1931 |
|
|
restoreparts |
1932 |
|
|
Restore partition from image |
1933 |
|
|
|
1934 |
|
|
recovery-iso-zip |
1935 |
|
|
Create an automated restore CD/DVD/USB drive |
1936 |
|
|
|
1937 |
|
|
I select "saveparts" and press ENTER. |
1938 |
|
|
|
1939 |
|
|
Screen "Clonezilla - Opensource Clone System (OCS) | Mode: saveparts" |
1940 |
|
|
--------------------- |
1941 |
|
|
This is the name of the image file. You can insert anything you like, |
1942 |
|
|
as long as it makes sence to you, so that you can distinguish the image |
1943 |
|
|
file afterwards. |
1944 |
|
|
|
1945 |
|
|
I insert "win_img" and press ENTER. |
1946 |
|
|
|
1947 |
|
|
Next screen |
1948 |
|
|
--------------------- |
1949 |
|
|
Here I can select the partition that will be backed up. I select "( ) |
1950 |
|
|
hda1 ntfs" by pressing SPACE and press ENTER, and ENTER again. |
1951 |
|
|
|
1952 |
|
|
Then a message is displayed asking for confirmation in order to continue. I |
1953 |
|
|
just press y, and the backup procedure begins. |
1954 |
|
|
|
1955 |
|
|
Rebooting the system |
1956 |
|
|
**************************************** |
1957 |
|
|
When the backup is done, I get the following: |
1958 |
|
|
(0) Poweroff |
1959 |
|
|
(1) Reboot |
1960 |
|
|
(2) Enter command line prompt |
1961 |
|
|
(3) Start over |
1962 |
|
|
[2] |
1963 |
|
|
Then I press ENTER and get to the shell. I execute the commands: |
1964 |
|
|
sudo su - |
1965 |
|
|
cd |
1966 |
|
|
umount -a |
1967 |
|
|
reboot |
1968 |
|
|
|
1969 |
|
|
|
1970 |
|
|
|
1971 |
|
|
|
1972 |
|
|
Restoring data |
1973 |
|
|
============================================================================== |
1974 |
|
|
|
1975 |
|
|
Intro |
1976 |
|
|
**************************************** |
1977 |
|
|
Image files are always created for one purpose: restoring the data they |
1978 |
|
|
contain. Images can be, for example, a backup solution: as long as hardware |
1979 |
|
|
works, the computer can be restored to the state it was when creating the |
1980 |
|
|
image. Another usage scenario is changing the hard drive: files can be |
1981 |
|
|
copy-pasted from the old drive to the new, but that method doesn't make |
1982 |
|
|
the new drive bootable. Disk images do. |
1983 |
|
|
|
1984 |
|
|
This page contains a demonstration of the latter case. On the Getting backups |
1985 |
|
|
page, a 500 MB virtual disk containing 160 megabytes of data was copied |
1986 |
|
|
to a 2 GB virtual disk which was empty. Now the 500 MB disk is changed to |
1987 |
|
|
an empty 2 GB disk (still virtual) and I'll restore the data to that disk. |
1988 |
|
|
|
1989 |
|
|
When creating a disk image, one needs to check that both the source and |
1990 |
|
|
target partitions are error free. That's not required when the image is |
1991 |
|
|
restored, because restoration process can't damage the disk image. Note, |
1992 |
|
|
however, that restoring an image erases all the data in the target |
1993 |
|
|
disk/partition. |
1994 |
|
|
|
1995 |
|
|
You also need to check the BIOS settings to be able to boot from |
1996 |
|
|
Clonezilla-SysRescCD. Some BIOSes contain a boot menu, others require |
1997 |
|
|
editing settings pernamently. Details can be found on the manual of the |
1998 |
|
|
motherboard or laptop. |
1999 |
|
|
|
2000 |
|
|
Now let's boot. |
2001 |
|
|
|
2002 |
|
|
[[ important.png ]] |
2003 |
|
|
Restore process erases all the data on the target disk/partition.Before |
2004 |
|
|
restoring make sure you have backup of all the data on the target |
2005 |
|
|
disk/partition, even if the filesystem is corrupted. |
2006 |
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
[[ info.png ]] |
2008 |
|
|
The following pressentation has been made usingClonezilla Live v 1.2.3-27 |
2009 |
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
Restoring data |
2011 |
|
|
**************************************** |
2012 |
|
|
Clonezilla-SysRescCD starting screen |
2013 |
|
|
--------------------- |
2014 |
|
|
If you're fine with US keymap and English language (available languages are |
2015 |
|
|
English, Spanish, French, Italian, Japanese and Chinese [both simplified |
2016 |
|
|
and traditional]) or don't mind editing the boot parameters, just select |
2017 |
|
|
Clonezilla Live at the starting screen and press ENTER. When the system |
2018 |
|
|
comes up, it will load the program that will preform the backup. After |
2019 |
|
|
that continue from this step. |
2020 |
|
|
|
2021 |
|
|
If you need to change these settings, select one of the available Clonezilla |
2022 |
|
|
Live menu entries, and press TAB. The current boot parameters will be |
2023 |
|
|
displayed. |
2024 |
|
|
|
2025 |
|
|
The default parameters for booting Clonezilla Live on a 1024x768 screen, |
2026 |
|
|
are the following: |
2027 |
|
|
|
2028 |
|
|
append initrd=/live/initrd1.img boot=live union=aufs |
2029 |
|
|
ocs_live_run="ocs-live-general" ocs_live_extra_param="" |
2030 |
|
|
ocs_prerun="/live/image/restorecd/prerun.normal" ocs_live_batch="no" |
2031 |
|
|
ocs_lang="en_US.UTF-8" ocs_live_keymap="NONE" vga=791 nolocales |
2032 |
|
|
|
2033 |
|
|
By deleting the words in red, you instruct Clonezilla Live to ask you the |
2034 |
|
|
values of these parameters. When the appropriate changes have been done |
2035 |
|
|
(as shown bellow), just press ENTER to boot. |
2036 |
|
|
|
2037 |
|
|
append initrd=/live/initrd1.img boot=live union=aufs |
2038 |
|
|
ocs_live_run="ocs-live-general" ocs_live_extra_param="" |
2039 |
|
|
ocs_prerun="/live/image/restorecd/prerun.normal" ocs_live_batch="no" |
2040 |
|
|
ocs_lang="" ocs_live_keymap="" vga=791 nolocales |
2041 |
|
|
|
2042 |
|
|
Screen "Choose Language" |
2043 |
|
|
--------------------- |
2044 |
|
|
[[ backup-00.png ]] |
2045 |
|
|
This is where the language can be selected. I select "en_US.UTF-8 English" |
2046 |
|
|
and press ENTER. |
2047 |
|
|
|
2048 |
|
|
Screen "Configuring console-data" |
2049 |
|
|
--------------------- |
2050 |
|
|
[[ backup-01.png ]] |
2051 |
|
|
I select "Select keymap from full list" and press ENTER. If you're using |
2052 |
|
|
US keymap, the default option "Don't touch keymap" is a better choice. |
2053 |
|
|
|
2054 |
|
|
Screen "Configuring console-data" |
2055 |
|
|
--------------------- |
2056 |
|
|
[[ backup-02.png ]] |
2057 |
|
|
Because I haven't changed my keyboard, I select "pc / qwerty / Finnish / |
2058 |
|
|
Standard / Standard". Because you most likely use a different keyboard, |
2059 |
|
|
choose the one you use. |
2060 |
|
|
|
2061 |
|
|
Screen "Start Clonezilla" |
2062 |
|
|
--------------------- |
2063 |
|
|
[[ backup-03.png ]] |
2064 |
|
|
I select "Start Clonezilla" and press ENTER. |
2065 |
|
|
|
2066 |
|
|
Screen "Clonezilla" |
2067 |
|
|
--------------------- |
2068 |
|
|
[[ backup-04.png ]] |
2069 |
|
|
I select "device-image" and press ENTER. |
2070 |
|
|
|
2071 |
|
|
Screen "Mount clonezilla image directory" |
2072 |
|
|
--------------------- |
2073 |
|
|
In this screen I can select the way the image file directory has been saved. |
2074 |
|
|
Available options are local directory, remote directory through ssh, |
2075 |
|
|
samba or nfs and skip, to use the previously used directory. More info |
2076 |
|
|
about the image file can be found at section "About the Image file". |
2077 |
|
|
|
2078 |
|
|
[[ backup-05.png ]] |
2079 |
|
|
I select "local_dev" and press ENTER. |
2080 |
|
|
|
2081 |
|
|
Next screen |
2082 |
|
|
--------------------- |
2083 |
|
|
This is where I choose the location of the image file. |
2084 |
|
|
[[ restoration-06.png ]] |
2085 |
|
|
I select partition hda1 and press ENTER. |
2086 |
|
|
|
2087 |
|
|
[[ backup-07.png ]] |
2088 |
|
|
|
2089 |
|
|
[[ restoration-08.png ]] |
2090 |
|
|
This screen displays the mounting result. |
2091 |
|
|
As we can see, /dev/hda1 has been successfully mounted under /tmp/local-dev. |
2092 |
|
|
|
2093 |
|
|
Next Screen |
2094 |
|
|
--------------------- |
2095 |
|
|
[[ backup-09.png ]] |
2096 |
|
|
I select Beginer mode to accept the default restore options. If you select |
2097 |
|
|
Expert mode, you can choose the options yourself. More details can be |
2098 |
|
|
found here. |
2099 |
|
|
|
2100 |
|
|
Screen "Select mode" |
2101 |
|
|
--------------------- |
2102 |
|
|
Here I can select the desired operation. |
2103 |
|
|
|
2104 |
|
|
[[ restoration-10.png ]] |
2105 |
|
|
I select "restoredisk" and press ENTER. |
2106 |
|
|
|
2107 |
|
|
Next Screen |
2108 |
|
|
--------------------- |
2109 |
|
|
[[ restoration-11.png ]] |
2110 |
|
|
In this screen I select the image folder. This partition contains only |
2111 |
|
|
one image. |
2112 |
|
|
|
2113 |
|
|
Next Screen |
2114 |
|
|
--------------------- |
2115 |
|
|
[[ restoration-12.png ]] |
2116 |
|
|
Finally I am asked to select which partition the image will be restored |
2117 |
|
|
to. After double-checking the disk doesn't contain anything important, |
2118 |
|
|
I press ENTER. |
2119 |
|
|
|
2120 |
|
|
Starting the restoration |
2121 |
|
|
--------------------- |
2122 |
|
|
[[ restoration-13.png ]] |
2123 |
|
|
Then the program will display the command that will be executed and will |
2124 |
|
|
ask me to press ENTER. |
2125 |
|
|
Then I will be asked to confirm the operation by pressing y and ENTER. |
2126 |
|
|
|
2127 |
|
|
[[ restoration-14.png ]] |
2128 |
|
|
|
2129 |
|
|
[[ important.png ]] |
2130 |
|
|
This is the last confirmation Clonezilla Live asks.After this step there |
2131 |
|
|
is no coming back. |
2132 |
|
|
Then my confirmation is asked one last time. After checking one more time |
2133 |
|
|
the disk doesn't contain any important data, I press y and ENTER. |
2134 |
|
|
|
2135 |
|
|
[[ restoration-15.png ]] |
2136 |
|
|
After that, the restore process begins |
2137 |
|
|
|
2138 |
|
|
[[ restoration-16.png ]] |
2139 |
|
|
and when it's successfully completed, I will be able to reboot the system |
2140 |
|
|
by pressing 1 and ENTER. |
2141 |
|
|
|
2142 |
|
|
|
2143 |
|
|
|
2144 |
|
|
|
2145 |
|
|
Creating a Restore DVD - Part 1 |
2146 |
|
|
============================================================================== |
2147 |
|
|
|
2148 |
|
|
Intro |
2149 |
|
|
**************************************** |
2150 |
|
|
Assuming you have used Clonezilla Live to make a backup of your Windows XP |
2151 |
|
|
system (partition /dev/hda1), which you have saved as win_img, you will |
2152 |
|
|
probably be wondering what to do with it now. Well, one option would be |
2153 |
|
|
to keep it to the disk you used to save it in, store the disk, and use it |
2154 |
|
|
whenever you need it. Another option would be to create a DVD you can use |
2155 |
|
|
to restore this image. |
2156 |
|
|
|
2157 |
|
|
Before, up to Clonezilla-SysRescCD 2.6.0, the process to create an automated |
2158 |
|
|
restore DVD required entering command line prompt and writing some commands, |
2159 |
|
|
that can be uncomfortable or even difficult for many people. |
2160 |
|
|
|
2161 |
|
|
Later, a TUI option to create an automated recovery disc was added to |
2162 |
|
|
Clonezilla Live, and ocs-iso script included in Clonezilla-SysRescCD |
2163 |
|
|
3.1.0 and newer has a TUI too. Old command-line options are no longer |
2164 |
|
|
supported. This page walks you through the creation of an automated restore |
2165 |
|
|
DVD via TUI. |
2166 |
|
|
|
2167 |
|
|
Assuming you have saved your image file win_img in partition hdb4, you |
2168 |
|
|
have to boot Clonezilla Live, using Clonezilla-SysRescCD. |
2169 |
|
|
|
2170 |
|
|
[[ info.png ]] |
2171 |
|
|
The following pressentation has been made usingClonezilla Live v 1.2.3-27 |
2172 |
|
|
|
2173 |
|
|
Creating the disk image |
2174 |
|
|
**************************************** |
2175 |
|
|
Clonezilla-SysRescCD starting screen |
2176 |
|
|
--------------------- |
2177 |
|
|
If you're fine with US keymap and English language (available languages are |
2178 |
|
|
English, Spanish, French, Italian, Japanese and Chinese [both simplified |
2179 |
|
|
and traditional]) or don't mind editing the boot parameters, just select |
2180 |
|
|
Clonezilla Live at the starting screen and press ENTER. When the system |
2181 |
|
|
comes up, it will load the program that will preform the backup. After |
2182 |
|
|
that continue from this step. |
2183 |
|
|
|
2184 |
|
|
If you need to change these settings, select one of the available Clonezilla |
2185 |
|
|
Live menu entries, and press TAB. The current boot parameters will be |
2186 |
|
|
displayed. |
2187 |
|
|
|
2188 |
|
|
The default parameters for booting Clonezilla Live on a 1024x768 screen, |
2189 |
|
|
are the following: |
2190 |
|
|
|
2191 |
|
|
append initrd=/live/initrd1.img boot=live union=aufs |
2192 |
|
|
ocs_live_run="ocs-live-general" ocs_live_extra_param="" |
2193 |
|
|
ocs_prerun="/live/image/restorecd/prerun.normal" ocs_live_batch="no" |
2194 |
|
|
ocs_lang="en_US.UTF-8" ocs_live_keymap="NONE" vga=791 nolocales |
2195 |
|
|
|
2196 |
|
|
By deleting the words in red, you instruct Clonezilla Live to ask you the |
2197 |
|
|
values of these parameters. When the appropriate changes have been done |
2198 |
|
|
(as shown bellow), just press ENTER to boot. |
2199 |
|
|
|
2200 |
|
|
append initrd=/live/initrd1.img boot=live union=aufs |
2201 |
|
|
ocs_live_run="ocs-live-general" ocs_live_extra_param="" |
2202 |
|
|
ocs_prerun="/live/image/restorecd/prerun.normal" ocs_live_batch="no" |
2203 |
|
|
ocs_lang="" ocs_live_keymap="" vga=791 nolocales |
2204 |
|
|
|
2205 |
|
|
Screen "Choose Language" |
2206 |
|
|
--------------------- |
2207 |
|
|
[[ backup-00.png ]] |
2208 |
|
|
I select "en_US.UTF-8 English" and press ENTER. |
2209 |
|
|
|
2210 |
|
|
Screen "Configuring console-data" |
2211 |
|
|
--------------------- |
2212 |
|
|
[[ backup-01.png ]] |
2213 |
|
|
I select "Select keymap from full list" and press ENTER. If you're using |
2214 |
|
|
US keymap, the default option "Don't touch keymap" is a better choice. |
2215 |
|
|
|
2216 |
|
|
Screen "Configuring console-data" |
2217 |
|
|
--------------------- |
2218 |
|
|
[[ backup-02.png ]] |
2219 |
|
|
Because I haven't changed my keyboard, I select "pc / qwerty / Finnish / |
2220 |
|
|
Standard / Standard". Because you most likely use a different keyboard, |
2221 |
|
|
choose the one you use. |
2222 |
|
|
|
2223 |
|
|
Screen "Start Clonezilla" |
2224 |
|
|
--------------------- |
2225 |
|
|
[[ backup-03.png ]] |
2226 |
|
|
I select "Start Clonezilla" and press ENTER. |
2227 |
|
|
|
2228 |
|
|
Screen "Clonezilla" |
2229 |
|
|
--------------------- |
2230 |
|
|
[[ backup-04.png ]] |
2231 |
|
|
I select "device-image" and press ENTER. |
2232 |
|
|
|
2233 |
|
|
Screen "Mount clonezilla image directory" |
2234 |
|
|
--------------------- |
2235 |
|
|
In this screen I can select the way the image file directory has been saved. |
2236 |
|
|
Available options are local directory, remote directory through ssh, |
2237 |
|
|
samba or nfs and skip, to use the previously used directory. More info |
2238 |
|
|
about the image file can be found at section "About the Image file". |
2239 |
|
|
|
2240 |
|
|
[[ backup-05.png ]] |
2241 |
|
|
I select "local_dev" and press ENTER. |
2242 |
|
|
|
2243 |
|
|
Next screen |
2244 |
|
|
--------------------- |
2245 |
|
|
This is where I choose the location of the image file. |
2246 |
|
|
[[ restore-06.png ]] |
2247 |
|
|
I select partition hda1 and press ENTER. |
2248 |
|
|
|
2249 |
|
|
[[ backup-07.png ]] |
2250 |
|
|
and then ENTER again. |
2251 |
|
|
|
2252 |
|
|
[[ restore-08.png ]] |
2253 |
|
|
This screen displays the mounting result. |
2254 |
|
|
As we can see, /dev/hda1 has been successfully mounted under /tmp/local-dev. |
2255 |
|
|
|
2256 |
|
|
Next Screen |
2257 |
|
|
--------------------- |
2258 |
|
|
[[ backup-09.png ]] |
2259 |
|
|
I select Beginer mode to accept the default restore options, which are |
2260 |
|
|
used if the recovery disk is ever used. If you select Expert mode, you |
2261 |
|
|
can choose the options yourself. More details can be found here. |
2262 |
|
|
|
2263 |
|
|
Screen "Clonezilla: Select mode" |
2264 |
|
|
--------------------- |
2265 |
|
|
Here I can select the desired operation. |
2266 |
|
|
|
2267 |
|
|
[[ restore-10.png ]] |
2268 |
|
|
I select "recovery-iso-zip" and press ENTER. |
2269 |
|
|
|
2270 |
|
|
Next Screen |
2271 |
|
|
--------------------- |
2272 |
|
|
[[ restore-11.png ]] |
2273 |
|
|
In this screen I select the image folder. This partition contains only |
2274 |
|
|
one image. |
2275 |
|
|
|
2276 |
|
|
Next Screen |
2277 |
|
|
--------------------- |
2278 |
|
|
[[ restore-12.png ]] |
2279 |
|
|
Now I am asked to select which disk the image will be restored to, if the |
2280 |
|
|
recovery disc is used. Because this image is a backup, I choose the same |
2281 |
|
|
disk where the original data resides. If you're upgrading your hard drive, |
2282 |
|
|
choose the new drive. |
2283 |
|
|
|
2284 |
|
|
Next Screen |
2285 |
|
|
--------------------- |
2286 |
|
|
[[ restore-13.png ]] |
2287 |
|
|
In this screen I can select the language that the recovery disc uses. I |
2288 |
|
|
choose "en_US.UTF-8". |
2289 |
|
|
|
2290 |
|
|
Next Screen |
2291 |
|
|
--------------------- |
2292 |
|
|
[[ restore-14.png ]] |
2293 |
|
|
This screen allows me to select the keymap that the recovery disc |
2294 |
|
|
uses. Unfortunately, changing the keymap requires knowing where the keymap |
2295 |
|
|
file resides in Debian GNU/Linux. Because I don't know it, I just press |
2296 |
|
|
ENTER to accept US keymap. |
2297 |
|
|
|
2298 |
|
|
Next Screen |
2299 |
|
|
--------------------- |
2300 |
|
|
[[ restore-15.png ]] |
2301 |
|
|
I select "iso" to create a CD/DVD disk image which I can burn to a recordable |
2302 |
|
|
CD/DVD disc. The good thing about recordable discs is that overwriting |
2303 |
|
|
the backup by accident is impossible. The "zip" option creates a ZIP file |
2304 |
|
|
which can be used to create a bootable pendrive or external hard drive. |
2305 |
|
|
|
2306 |
|
|
[[ restore-16.png ]] |
2307 |
|
|
Then the program will display the command that will be executed and will |
2308 |
|
|
ask me to press ENTER. |
2309 |
|
|
|
2310 |
|
|
[[ cust-menu-01.png ]] |
2311 |
|
|
Due to limitations of mkisofs, the script can't create a ISO file which |
2312 |
|
|
is over 4,5 gigabytes in size. It causes problems if the size of your |
2313 |
|
|
image is over 4,4 gigabytes. Clonezilla-SysRescCD contains a workaround |
2314 |
|
|
that creates a ISO file that contains no image, so you can add the image |
2315 |
|
|
manually later. This dialog asks if you want to do so. Note that if you |
2316 |
|
|
see this dialog, you most likely need a dual layer DVD+R or Blu-ray disc |
2317 |
|
|
to burn the image. Growisofs doesn't support multisession burning on dual |
2318 |
|
|
layer DVD-R discs, so such disc can't be used either. |
2319 |
|
|
|
2320 |
|
|
Screen "Customization section" |
2321 |
|
|
--------------------- |
2322 |
|
|
[[ cust-menu-02.png ]] |
2323 |
|
|
Now I am asked if I want to customize the boot menu of the disc. I answer |
2324 |
|
|
"Yes". If you don't want to customize the menu, continue from this step. |
2325 |
|
|
|
2326 |
|
|
Screen "DVD Title" |
2327 |
|
|
--------------------- |
2328 |
|
|
[[ cust-menu-03.png ]] |
2329 |
|
|
In this screen I select the title of the boot menu. I type "Home PC |
2330 |
|
|
Restore DVD". |
2331 |
|
|
|
2332 |
|
|
Screen "Menu Items Caption" |
2333 |
|
|
--------------------- |
2334 |
|
|
[[ cust-menu-04.png ]] |
2335 |
|
|
This screen allows me to select the caption for all menu items. I enter |
2336 |
|
|
"Restore Win XP". |
2337 |
|
|
|
2338 |
|
|
Screen "Boot delay" |
2339 |
|
|
--------------------- |
2340 |
|
|
[[ cust-menu-05.png ]] |
2341 |
|
|
I press ENTER to accept the default delay of 30 seconds. It means that |
2342 |
|
|
when a computer is booted from the restore disc, it waits 30 seconds |
2343 |
|
|
before choosing the default option automatically. You may want to reduce |
2344 |
|
|
this delay if, for example, your keyboard doesn't work in boot menu and |
2345 |
|
|
you must wait until the delay ends. |
2346 |
|
|
|
2347 |
|
|
Screen "Default Boot Item" |
2348 |
|
|
--------------------- |
2349 |
|
|
[[ cust-menu-06.png ]] |
2350 |
|
|
In this screen I can select the default option of the menu. Selecting one |
2351 |
|
|
of the options that restore the image makes using the disc even easier, |
2352 |
|
|
but also raises the risk that the image is restored accidentally. Another |
2353 |
|
|
reason to select such option may be that your keyboard doesn't work in |
2354 |
|
|
boot menu, preventing you from choosing any non-default option. I select |
2355 |
|
|
the first option that restores the image using pixel dimensions of 1024*768. |
2356 |
|
|
|
2357 |
|
|
Screen "Boot Screen Image" |
2358 |
|
|
--------------------- |
2359 |
|
|
[[ cust-menu-07.png ]] |
2360 |
|
|
This screen allows me to select the background picture of the menu. Note |
2361 |
|
|
that the picture must be in the same partition that contains the disk |
2362 |
|
|
image, if you don't mind entering command line and mounting the right |
2363 |
|
|
partition manually. I choose picture mysplash.png in the root of the |
2364 |
|
|
partition. Because the partition has been mounted in /home/partimag, |
2365 |
|
|
the full path of the picture is /home/partimag/mysplash.png. |
2366 |
|
|
|
2367 |
|
|
Screen "ISO Label" |
2368 |
|
|
--------------------- |
2369 |
|
|
[[ cust-menu-08.png ]] |
2370 |
|
|
In this screen I can select the volume label of the disc. Volume label is |
2371 |
|
|
the name of the disc you may see in various situations, for example in the |
2372 |
|
|
notification you see when you insert the disc into your DVD writer. I type |
2373 |
|
|
"Backup_52-2009_hdb". |
2374 |
|
|
|
2375 |
|
|
Screen "Publisher ID" |
2376 |
|
|
--------------------- |
2377 |
|
|
[[ cust-menu-09.png ]] |
2378 |
|
|
This is where I choose the publisher ID of the ISO file |
2379 |
|
|
and the disc. Publisher ID means the person or company who |
2380 |
|
|
created the disc. However, at least in GNU/Linux reading |
2381 |
|
|
the publisher ID is, strictly speaking, a challenge. Here {{ |
2382 |
|
|
http://www.cyberciti.biz/faq/getting-volume-information-from-cds-iso- }} |
2383 |
|
|
are instructions to read the publisher ID of a ISO file. I didn't find |
2384 |
|
|
any working instructions to read the ID from the disc. |
2385 |
|
|
|
2386 |
|
|
Starting the creation of the disk image |
2387 |
|
|
--------------------- |
2388 |
|
|
[[ restore-17.png ]] |
2389 |
|
|
After that, creation of the disk image begins. Note that no confirmation |
2390 |
|
|
is asked it the disk image is small enough to fit to a CD. |
2391 |
|
|
|
2392 |
|
|
[[ cust-menu-10.png ]] |
2393 |
|
|
|
2394 |
|
|
If you have above enabled the workaround to create a ISO file without any |
2395 |
|
|
image, you get the info screen, which explains the actions to be taken |
2396 |
|
|
in order to burn the ISO file and add the iamge file to the DVD. A script |
2397 |
|
|
file is also saved as /tmp/burnISO. |
2398 |
|
|
|
2399 |
|
|
[[ restore-18.png ]] |
2400 |
|
|
When the disk image is successfully created, I must reboot in order to |
2401 |
|
|
burn the disc because my DVD burner is still in use. Clonezilla Live can |
2402 |
|
|
be loaded into computer memory during boot in order to be able to burn |
2403 |
|
|
disc(s) within it. However, due to a known bug, the disk image can't |
2404 |
|
|
be created if Clonezilla Live has been loaded into memory. (source {{ |
2405 |
|
|
http://free.nchc.org.tw/clonezilla-live/stable/Known-issues-Clonezilla-live.txt |
2406 |
|
|
}}) Thus, I press 1 and ENTER to reboot to another operating system and |
2407 |
|
|
burn the image using graphical burning program. For instructions, follow |
2408 |
|
|
one of these links: |
2409 |
|
|
|
2410 |
|
|
If the ISO file contains the disk image |
2411 |
|
|
If the ISO file contains no image |
2412 |
|
|
If you've created a ZIP file |
2413 |
|
|
|
2414 |
|
|
|
2415 |
|
|
|
2416 |
|
|
|
2417 |
|
|
Creating a Restore DVD - Part 2 |
2418 |
|
|
============================================================================== |
2419 |
|
|
|
2420 |
|
|
What to do with the disk image |
2421 |
|
|
**************************************** |
2422 |
|
|
The previous page contains partial instructions to create an automated |
2423 |
|
|
recovery DVD. They're partial because they only tell how the disk image |
2424 |
|
|
can be created, not what one should do with the image. Of course, partial |
2425 |
|
|
instructions are not enough, but don't worry - this page is the other part. |
2426 |
|
|
|
2427 |
|
|
Earlier versions of Clonezilla Live allowed creating the DVD without |
2428 |
|
|
reboot, but it's no longer possible due to a known bug. The disk image |
2429 |
|
|
can't be created if Clonezilla Live has been loaded into memory (source {{ |
2430 |
|
|
http://free.nchc.org.tw/clonezilla-live/stable/Known-issues-Clonezilla-live.txt |
2431 |
|
|
}}) and the image can't be burned to disc if Clonezilla Live isn't in |
2432 |
|
|
memory. And if the computer must be rebooted anyway, it's a good idea to |
2433 |
|
|
use one's favorite operating system and a graphical burning program for |
2434 |
|
|
burning the disc. Doing so also allows reading these instructions while |
2435 |
|
|
burning the disc. |
2436 |
|
|
|
2437 |
|
|
This page walks through burning the disc by using ImgBurn and K3b. The |
2438 |
|
|
instructions can be adapted for many other burning programs as well. If |
2439 |
|
|
your burning program is too different, download either of the programs |
2440 |
|
|
mentioned - they both can be downloaded for free. |
2441 |
|
|
|
2442 |
|
|
In addition to a DVD, bootable pendrive or external hard drive can be |
2443 |
|
|
created as well. If you want to do so, follow instructions below. |
2444 |
|
|
|
2445 |
|
|
Before following these instructions, insert a writable DVD or Blu-ray disc |
2446 |
|
|
to your burner. |
2447 |
|
|
|
2448 |
|
|
Burning the disc |
2449 |
|
|
**************************************** |
2450 |
|
|
If the ISO file contains the disk image |
2451 |
|
|
--------------------- |
2452 |
|
|
> Using ImgBurn |
2453 |
|
|
|
2454 |
|
|
ImgBurn {{ http://www.imgburn.com/ }} is a lightweight but very feature-rich |
2455 |
|
|
disc burning program. It only requires about two megabytes disk space |
2456 |
|
|
and contains a lot of settings. ImgBurn is closed-source freeware and - |
2457 |
|
|
unfortunately - Windows-only software. I (Jyrki) personally use ImgBurn |
2458 |
|
|
when burning discs within Windows. |
2459 |
|
|
|
2460 |
|
|
Launch ImgBurn and press Write image file to disc. Select the disk image |
2461 |
|
|
you just created. |
2462 |
|
|
|
2463 |
|
|
At the settings window, keep Test Mode disabled. I also recommend |
2464 |
|
|
keeping the Verify option enabled. Verifying the integrity of the disc |
2465 |
|
|
after burning requires time and doesn't prevent the disc from becoming a |
2466 |
|
|
so-called coaster, but it allows you to know immediately if the burning |
2467 |
|
|
attempt failed, so you can try burning the disc again. |
2468 |
|
|
|
2469 |
|
|
Keep the number of copies as 1 (or increase it, if you really |
2470 |
|
|
want multiple copies of the disc). Use your best judgment while |
2471 |
|
|
choosing the burning speed: according to this forum thread {{ |
2472 |
|
|
http://club.myce.com/f33/high-speed-vs-low-speed-burning-69698/ }} lowering |
2473 |
|
|
the burning speed gives very mixed results in quality. I personally use |
2474 |
|
|
¾ of the maximum speed of the disc, for example 12x on a disc rated 16x. |
2475 |
|
|
|
2476 |
|
|
After choosing the settings, press the big picture at the bottom-left of |
2477 |
|
|
the window. Don't do anything that requires much computer resources while |
2478 |
|
|
burning, because doing so increases the likelihood of burning failure. |
2479 |
|
|
|
2480 |
|
|
That's it. You own now an automated recovery disc. |
2481 |
|
|
|
2482 |
|
|
> Using K3b |
2483 |
|
|
|
2484 |
|
|
K3b (KDE Burn Baby Burn) is the disc burning program included in KDE |
2485 |
|
|
Software Compilation. It comes with most, if not all, KDE-based GNU/Linux |
2486 |
|
|
distributions. It can also be installed on other distributions, but I |
2487 |
|
|
recommend against doing so - K3b requires KDE base packages to be installed, |
2488 |
|
|
and it doesn't make much sense to install KDE base only for K3b. |
2489 |
|
|
|
2490 |
|
|
[[ k3b-00.png ]] |
2491 |
|
|
I launch K3b and navigate to the folder where the disk image resides. |
2492 |
|
|
|
2493 |
|
|
[[ k3b-01.png ]] |
2494 |
|
|
I double-click the file clonezilla-live-Backup_5-2010_hda.iso. |
2495 |
|
|
|
2496 |
|
|
[[ k3b-02.png ]] |
2497 |
|
|
This window allows me to choose burning settings. I don't touch Image Type or |
2498 |
|
|
Burn Medium, because they're auto-detected anyway. The maximum burning speed |
2499 |
|
|
allowed by the disc is 16x, so I choose speed 12x. According to this forum |
2500 |
|
|
thread {{ http://club.myce.com/f33/high-speed-vs-low-speed-burning-69698/ |
2501 |
|
|
}} low burning speed can decrease burning quality, so I always use speed |
2502 |
|
|
near the maximum speed of the disc. |
2503 |
|
|
|
2504 |
|
|
I keep Writing Mode as Auto and number of copies as 1. I also keep the |
2505 |
|
|
Simulate option disabled and enable the Verify written data option. The |
2506 |
|
|
latter allows me to notice immediately if the burning attempt failed, so |
2507 |
|
|
I can try burning the disc again, rather than owning a so-called coaster |
2508 |
|
|
and relying on it if something happens to my data... |
2509 |
|
|
|
2510 |
|
|
[[ k3b-03.png ]] |
2511 |
|
|
I click Start and the burning process begins. |
2512 |
|
|
|
2513 |
|
|
[[ k3b-04.png ]] |
2514 |
|
|
Because I enabled the Verify written data option, K3b starts verifying |
2515 |
|
|
the integrity of the disc right after burning. |
2516 |
|
|
|
2517 |
|
|
[[ k3b-05.png ]] |
2518 |
|
|
The burning attempt succeeded. |
2519 |
|
|
|
2520 |
|
|
If the ISO file contains no image |
2521 |
|
|
--------------------- |
2522 |
|
|
If you have enabled the workaround to create a ISO file that contains |
2523 |
|
|
no disk image (required if the size of the image is over 4,4 gigabytes), |
2524 |
|
|
things become much more problematic. The ISO file and the image can't be |
2525 |
|
|
burned to the disc simultaneously, they must be written one-by-one. That |
2526 |
|
|
requires two burning sessions: the first for writing the ISO file to the |
2527 |
|
|
disc and the second for adding the disk image. Many burning programs don't |
2528 |
|
|
even support multisession burning at all. About the programs I've mentioned |
2529 |
|
|
in this page: K3b supports multisession burning, ImgBurn doesn't. |
2530 |
|
|
|
2531 |
|
|
I didn't find any instructions for adding an additional file to a |
2532 |
|
|
spesific directory by using K3b. Actually, I don't even know if that's |
2533 |
|
|
possible at all. Thus, I recommend using growisofs for burning the disc |
2534 |
|
|
if the workaround has been enabled, because growisofs allows adding |
2535 |
|
|
any file to any directory. However, there's one more limitation: |
2536 |
|
|
growisofs doesn't support multisession burning on dual layer DVD-R |
2537 |
|
|
discs, so you must use dual layer DVD+R or Blu-ray disc. (source {{ |
2538 |
|
|
http://fy.chalmers.se/~appro/linux/DVD+RW/-RW/#nomultisess }}) |
2539 |
|
|
|
2540 |
|
|
Growisofs is a command-line program and a part of dvd+rw-tools that is |
2541 |
|
|
installed on most GNU/Linux distributions. Dvd+rw-tools is Linux-only |
2542 |
|
|
software, so if you use a competing operating system, you must boot into |
2543 |
|
|
SystemRescueCD (graphical mode is not needed) in order to burn the disc. |
2544 |
|
|
|
2545 |
|
|
Open terminal and mount the partition that contains the image. The commands |
2546 |
|
|
below must be run as root. |
2547 |
|
|
|
2548 |
|
|
mkdir /media/usb |
2549 |
|
|
mount /dev/sdc1 /media/usb |
2550 |
|
|
|
2551 |
|
|
Note: How a command can be run as root depends on the GNU/Linux distribution |
2552 |
|
|
you use. If it's Ubuntu or a distro based on it, simply put "sudo" above the |
2553 |
|
|
command. For example, the latter of the above commands can be executed by |
2554 |
|
|
typing "sudo mount /dev/sdc1 /media/usb". If you're using SystemRescueCD, |
2555 |
|
|
all commands are run as root, so you don't need to add any prefix to |
2556 |
|
|
the commands. |
2557 |
|
|
|
2558 |
|
|
Note: In the command replace /dev/sdc1 with the partition where the disk |
2559 |
|
|
image resides. It's the same partition you mounted as /home/partimag when |
2560 |
|
|
creating the image. |
2561 |
|
|
|
2562 |
|
|
Go to root of the partition: |
2563 |
|
|
|
2564 |
|
|
cd /media/usb |
2565 |
|
|
|
2566 |
|
|
Burn the ISO file to the disc: |
2567 |
|
|
|
2568 |
|
|
growisofs -Z /dev/dvd=clonezilla-live-Backup_5-2010_hdb.iso |
2569 |
|
|
|
2570 |
|
|
Note: In the last command I have assumed your ISO file is |
2571 |
|
|
clonezilla-live-Backup_5-2010_hdb.iso. You will have to replace this with |
2572 |
|
|
the actual name of the file. |
2573 |
|
|
|
2574 |
|
|
Note: If your computer has multiple DVD drives, replace /dev/dvd with the |
2575 |
|
|
name of your DVD writer. |
2576 |
|
|
|
2577 |
|
|
The disc must be ejected because it's the only known way to force the |
2578 |
|
|
drive to reread the disc. Do it: |
2579 |
|
|
|
2580 |
|
|
eject /dev/dvd |
2581 |
|
|
|
2582 |
|
|
Note: If your drive can't reload the disc, insert the disc back right |
2583 |
|
|
after ejecting it. |
2584 |
|
|
|
2585 |
|
|
Finally, add the image file to the disc: |
2586 |
|
|
|
2587 |
|
|
growisofs -M /dev/dvd -R -J -V "Backup_5-2010_hdb" --publisher "Your Name" |
2588 |
|
|
-graft-points /Backup_5-2010_hdb/=/media/usb/Backup_5-2010_hdb |
2589 |
|
|
|
2590 |
|
|
Note: In the command replace Your Name with anything you want to be the |
2591 |
|
|
publisher ID of the disc. If you don't want the disc to have any publisher |
2592 |
|
|
ID, run this command instead: |
2593 |
|
|
|
2594 |
|
|
growisofs -M /dev/dvd -R -J -V "Backup_5-2010_hdb" -graft-points |
2595 |
|
|
/Backup_5-2010_hdb/=/media/usb/Backup_5-2010_hdb |
2596 |
|
|
|
2597 |
|
|
[[ restore-20.png ]] |
2598 |
|
|
|
2599 |
|
|
ZIP file instructions |
2600 |
|
|
**************************************** |
2601 |
|
|
Often the image file is way too big to fit to even 8 GB DVD. Some people may |
2602 |
|
|
also want to be able to overwrite the backup when it becomes outdated. In |
2603 |
|
|
addition, netbooks don't have optical drives at all. |
2604 |
|
|
|
2605 |
|
|
One option is using recovery thumb drive or external hard drive instead |
2606 |
|
|
of DVD. If the external HD is big enough, the disk image can be even over |
2607 |
|
|
a terabyte in size. Recovery USB drive can also be used on netbooks and |
2608 |
|
|
overwritten at will. |
2609 |
|
|
|
2610 |
|
|
Clonezilla Live allows creating a ZIP file instead of disk image. If you |
2611 |
|
|
want to do so, follow this step-by-step guide. |
2612 |
|
|
|
2613 |
|
|
Before creating the disk image, make sure it is split to pieces of four |
2614 |
|
|
gigabytes or less. It is split automatically if you use Beginner mode, |
2615 |
|
|
and if you use Expert mode, you should already know how the splitting |
2616 |
|
|
setting can be changed. |
2617 |
|
|
|
2618 |
|
|
Using GNU/Linux |
2619 |
|
|
--------------------- |
2620 |
|
|
After creating the disk image and booting into GNU/Linux, make sure that the |
2621 |
|
|
filesystem of the partition where you plan to put the disk image is FAT32. If |
2622 |
|
|
you don't know the filesystem, open terminal and run this command as root: |
2623 |
|
|
|
2624 |
|
|
fdisk -l /dev/sdc |
2625 |
|
|
|
2626 |
|
|
Note: How a command can be run as root depends on the GNU/Linux distribution |
2627 |
|
|
you use. If it's Ubuntu or a distro based on it, simply put "sudo" above |
2628 |
|
|
the command. For example, the above command can be executed by typing |
2629 |
|
|
"sudo fdisk -l /dev/sdc" |
2630 |
|
|
|
2631 |
|
|
Note: In the command replace /dev/sdc with the name of your USB disk. |
2632 |
|
|
|
2633 |
|
|
Note: The l in parameter -l is lowercase L, not number 1. |
2634 |
|
|
|
2635 |
|
|
If your disk doesn't contain any FAT32 partition, but it contains a |
2636 |
|
|
partition which is big enough and doesn't contain any important data, |
2637 |
|
|
format the partition as FAT32. The command below needs root access too. |
2638 |
|
|
|
2639 |
|
|
[[ important.png ]] |
2640 |
|
|
The command below erases all the data on the target partition.Make sure |
2641 |
|
|
you don't format a wrong partition by accident. |
2642 |
|
|
|
2643 |
|
|
mkfs.vfat -F 32 /dev/sdc1 |
2644 |
|
|
|
2645 |
|
|
After formatting the partition or noticing that it was already FAT32, |
2646 |
|
|
extract the ZIP archive to the root of the partition. Also these commands |
2647 |
|
|
need root rights. |
2648 |
|
|
|
2649 |
|
|
mount /dev/sdc1 /media/usb |
2650 |
|
|
unzip clonezilla-live-Backup_5-2010_hdb.zip -d /media/usb/ |
2651 |
|
|
|
2652 |
|
|
Note: In the last command I have assumed your image file is |
2653 |
|
|
clonezilla-live-Backup_5-2010_hdb.zip. You will have to replace this with |
2654 |
|
|
the actual name of the file. |
2655 |
|
|
|
2656 |
|
|
ZIP package contains a script to make the USB drive bootable. Let's run |
2657 |
|
|
it. The latter of these commands needs root access. |
2658 |
|
|
|
2659 |
|
|
[[ important.png ]] |
2660 |
|
|
The latter of the commands below replaces theexisting bootloader of the |
2661 |
|
|
target disk, if there is one.Make sure you don't select a wrong disk |
2662 |
|
|
by accident. |
2663 |
|
|
|
2664 |
|
|
cd /media/usb/utils/linux |
2665 |
|
|
./makeboot.sh /dev/sdc1 |
2666 |
|
|
|
2667 |
|
|
That's all. Your thumb drive or external hard drive should be now an |
2668 |
|
|
automatic recovery disk. |
2669 |
|
|
|
2670 |
|
|
Using Windows |
2671 |
|
|
--------------------- |
2672 |
|
|
If the Windows version you use is not Vista or 7, you need to be logged in |
2673 |
|
|
as administrator. If you're not, but you have access to an admin account, |
2674 |
|
|
log out and then log again in as admin. |
2675 |
|
|
|
2676 |
|
|
If you don't have admin rights at all, boot into SystemRescueCD (you don't |
2677 |
|
|
need graphical mode this time) and follow the instructions for GNU/Linux. In |
2678 |
|
|
SystemRescueCD all commands are run as root, so you don't need to add any |
2679 |
|
|
prefix to the commands. |
2680 |
|
|
|
2681 |
|
|
If you normally use Windows, you maybe don't know the name of your USB |
2682 |
|
|
disk in GNU/Linux. If that's the case, don't specify any disk in the first |
2683 |
|
|
command. It causes fdisk to tell about all disks in the computer and you |
2684 |
|
|
should be able to identify both the right disk and the right partition. |
2685 |
|
|
|
2686 |
|
|
After creating the disk image and booting into Windows, make sure that |
2687 |
|
|
the filesystem of the partition where you plan to put the disk image is |
2688 |
|
|
FAT32. If you don't know the filesystem, open My Computer, right-click the |
2689 |
|
|
partition and select Properties. Then read the "File system" column. If |
2690 |
|
|
there reads anything but FAT32, check other partitions of the disk too, |
2691 |
|
|
if the disk contains multiple partitions. If you have a suitable FAT32 |
2692 |
|
|
partition, continue from this step. |
2693 |
|
|
|
2694 |
|
|
If your disk doesn't contain any FAT32 partition, but it contains a |
2695 |
|
|
partition which is big enough and doesn't contain any important data, |
2696 |
|
|
format the partition as FAT32. |
2697 |
|
|
|
2698 |
|
|
[[ important.png ]] |
2699 |
|
|
Formatting erases all the data on the target partition.Make sure the |
2700 |
|
|
partition contains nothing important. |
2701 |
|
|
|
2702 |
|
|
Right-click the partition and select Format.... If the Windows version |
2703 |
|
|
you use is Vista or 7, an UAC prompt asks for admin password. Enter it. |
2704 |
|
|
|
2705 |
|
|
At the format window, choose the FAT32 filesystem. You can enter any volume |
2706 |
|
|
label (it means the name of the partition you can see next to the partition |
2707 |
|
|
letter) and enable Quick Format if you're in a hurry. If Quick Format is |
2708 |
|
|
disabled, Windows checks if the partition is physically OK after formatting |
2709 |
|
|
it. Enabling Quick Format makes the formatting process many times faster |
2710 |
|
|
and, contrary to popular belief, hardly ever causes any harm. |
2711 |
|
|
|
2712 |
|
|
After formatting the partition or noticing that it was already FAT32, extract |
2713 |
|
|
the ZIP archive to the root of the partition. Navigate to the folder where |
2714 |
|
|
you've saved the ZIP file and right-click it. Choose Extract all..., and when |
2715 |
|
|
you're asked for location where the archive is extracted, enter the letter |
2716 |
|
|
of the partition, for example H:\. Do NOT choose any folder in the partition! |
2717 |
|
|
|
2718 |
|
|
After that, browse to the folder X:\utils\win32, where X: is the letter |
2719 |
|
|
of the partition. Then, double-click makeboot.bat. If the Windows version |
2720 |
|
|
you use is Vista or 7, another UAC prompt appears. Enter the password |
2721 |
|
|
again. Then just follow the prompts to make the USB drive bootable. |
2722 |
|
|
|
2723 |
|
|
Now you're done. Your thumb drive or external hard drive should be an |
2724 |
|
|
automatic recovery disk. |
2725 |
|
|
|
2726 |
|
|
|
2727 |
|
|
|
2728 |
|
|
|
2729 |
|
|
Restoring to a different location |
2730 |
|
|
============================================================================== |
2731 |
|
|
|
2732 |
|
|
Intro |
2733 |
|
|
**************************************** |
2734 |
|
|
In the past restoring to a different location was not supported by |
2735 |
|
|
Clonezilla Live at all. Because of that, a script called reloc-img was |
2736 |
|
|
added to Clonezilla-SysRescCD, which would help the user perform this task. |
2737 |
|
|
|
2738 |
|
|
Recent versions of Clonezilla Live partly support restoring to a |
2739 |
|
|
different location, so the reloc-img script is obsolete, and has been |
2740 |
|
|
removed. Clonezilla Live now supports: |
2741 |
|
|
|
2742 |
|
|
* Relocation of a disk image (restoring a whole disk) |
2743 |
|
|
* Relocation of a partition image (restoring a partition) |
2744 |
|
|
|
2745 |
|
|
Clonezilla Live does not support: |
2746 |
|
|
|
2747 |
|
|
* Relocation of a single partition contained into a disk image. |
2748 |
|
|
|
2749 |
|
|
Imagine you have a disk backup image named hda-2009-02-02. The image |
2750 |
|
|
contains three partitions, hda1 (operating system), hda2 (user data) |
2751 |
|
|
and hda3 (other data). |
2752 |
|
|
|
2753 |
|
|
You want to restore your other data partition (hda3), to a different system |
2754 |
|
|
(partition sdb2) but there is no way to restore (extract) a single partition |
2755 |
|
|
from a disk image - you can only restore the whole disk. |
2756 |
|
|
|
2757 |
|
|
In order to address this situation, two new scripts have been written for |
2758 |
|
|
Clonezilla-SysRescCD: imginfo and imgconvert |
2759 |
|
|
|
2760 |
|
|
Script imginfo |
2761 |
|
|
**************************************** |
2762 |
|
|
The script will be used to print info about existing image files. |
2763 |
|
|
|
2764 |
|
|
Its help screen is: |
2765 |
|
|
|
2766 |
|
|
# imginfo -h |
2767 |
|
|
Clonezilla Live Image Information |
2768 |
|
|
imginfo v. 0.1 - (C) 2009 S. Georgaras <sng@hellug.gr> |
2769 |
|
|
|
2770 |
|
|
Usage: imginfo <options> <directory> |
2771 |
|
|
|
2772 |
|
|
Available options: |
2773 |
|
|
s Search in sub-directories too |
2774 |
|
|
i [name] Pring info for image [name] |
2775 |
|
|
v Print version info and exit |
2776 |
|
|
h Print this screen and exit |
2777 |
|
|
|
2778 |
|
|
Script imgconvert |
2779 |
|
|
**************************************** |
2780 |
|
|
The script will be used to convert an existing disk image file to a new |
2781 |
|
|
partition image file. |
2782 |
|
|
|
2783 |
|
|
imgconvert can create two type of images: |
2784 |
|
|
|
2785 |
|
|
* Temporary image |
2786 |
|
|
This type of image is created by linking the data files of the existing |
2787 |
|
|
disk image to the new partition image. This means that the original image |
2788 |
|
|
must be present for the new image to be used. This is the default image |
2789 |
|
|
type created by imgconvert. |
2790 |
|
|
|
2791 |
|
|
* Permanent image |
2792 |
|
|
This type of image is created by copying the data files from the existing |
2793 |
|
|
disk image to the new partition image. This means that the original image is |
2794 |
|
|
not needed in order to use the new one. Permenant image files are created |
2795 |
|
|
using the command line parameter -p. |
2796 |
|
|
|
2797 |
|
|
Its help screen is: |
2798 |
|
|
|
2799 |
|
|
# imgconvert -h |
2800 |
|
|
Clonezilla Live Image Conversion |
2801 |
|
|
imgconvert v. 0.1 - (C) 2009 S. Georgaras <sng@hellug.gr> |
2802 |
|
|
|
2803 |
|
|
Usage: imgconvert <options> [image] [partition] <new partition> |
2804 |
|
|
|
2805 |
|
|
Parameters are: |
2806 |
|
|
[image] Disk image to be converted to partition image |
2807 |
|
|
[partition] Partition name to convert. It must be a valid device name |
2808 |
|
|
|
2809 |
|
|
Available options: |
2810 |
|
|
o [image] Save new imag as [image] |
2811 |
|
|
p Save new partition instead of making a link to the old one |
2812 |
|
|
v Print version info and exit |
2813 |
|
|
h Print this screen and exit |
2814 |
|
|
|
2815 |
|
|
Using the scripts |
2816 |
|
|
**************************************** |
2817 |
|
|
Restoring to a partition |
2818 |
|
|
--------------------- |
2819 |
|
|
After booting into Clonezilla Live, I select |
2820 |
|
|
|
2821 |
|
|
Enter_shell Enter command line prompt |
2822 |
|
|
|
2823 |
|
|
when the menu is displayed and then I press 2 to exit to the shell. |
2824 |
|
|
|
2825 |
|
|
At this point I will mount my images partition (in this example /dev/sdc4), |
2826 |
|
|
and use script imginfo to get info about my image files. |
2827 |
|
|
|
2828 |
|
|
$ sudo su - |
2829 |
|
|
# mount /dev/sdc4 /home/partimag |
2830 |
|
|
# cd /home/partimag |
2831 |
|
|
# imginfo |
2832 |
|
|
Image files found in: /home/partimag |
2833 |
|
|
Image: usb250-img, disk: sda, size: 259MB, parts: 1 |
2834 |
|
|
part: sda4, size: 247.00MB, type: FAT16 |
2835 |
|
|
Image: sys-bck, disk: hda, size: 320.0GB, parts: 3 |
2836 |
|
|
part: hda1, size: 22.36GB, type: Linux |
2837 |
|
|
part: hda2, size: 39.06GB, type: Linux |
2838 |
|
|
part: hda3, size: 233.87GB, type: Linux |
2839 |
|
|
|
2840 |
|
|
As you can see there are two disk images under /home/partimag: usb250-img |
2841 |
|
|
and sys-bck. |
2842 |
|
|
|
2843 |
|
|
sys-bck is a backup of my old system, which had three partitions. What |
2844 |
|
|
I need to do now is "copy" the hda3 partition to my current system, by |
2845 |
|
|
transfering its data to partition sdb2. |
2846 |
|
|
|
2847 |
|
|
The way to proceed is: |
2848 |
|
|
|
2849 |
|
|
* Create a new partition image (containing hda3's data) based on the |
2850 |
|
|
existing disk image file, by executing the command: |
2851 |
|
|
|
2852 |
|
|
# imgconvert sys-bck hda3 sdb2 |
2853 |
|
|
Clonezilla Live Image Conversion |
2854 |
|
|
imgconvert v. 0.1 - (C) 2009 S. Georgaras |
2855 |
|
|
|
2856 |
|
|
Determining input image |
2857 |
|
|
Input image: "/home/partimag/sys-bck" |
2858 |
|
|
Validating image... ok |
2859 |
|
|
Determining input partition |
2860 |
|
|
Input partition: "hda3" |
2861 |
|
|
Validating input partition... ok |
2862 |
|
|
Determining output image |
2863 |
|
|
Output image: "/home/partimag/sys-bck-cnv" |
2864 |
|
|
Validating output image... ok |
2865 |
|
|
Checking permissions... ok |
2866 |
|
|
Determining output partition |
2867 |
|
|
Output partition: "sda2" |
2868 |
|
|
Validating output partition... ok |
2869 |
|
|
Creating output image: /home/partimag/sys-bck-cnv |
2870 |
|
|
Linking files... done |
2871 |
|
|
Fixing info files... done |
2872 |
|
|
|
2873 |
|
|
This command will create a temporary partition image file (automatically |
2874 |
|
|
named sys-bck-cnv), which contains sdb2 only, as you can see by executing: |
2875 |
|
|
|
2876 |
|
|
# imginfo -i sys-bck-cnv |
2877 |
|
|
Image: sys-bck-cnv, part: sdb2, size: 233.87GB, type: Linux |
2878 |
|
|
|
2879 |
|
|
* Restart Clonezilla Live by pressing Control-D twice. |
2880 |
|
|
|
2881 |
|
|
* Restore the new image file into sdb2, by selecting |
2882 |
|
|
|
2883 |
|
|
Screen 1: Start_Clonezilla Start Clonezilla |
2884 |
|
|
|
2885 |
|
|
Screen 2: device-image disk/partition to/from image |
2886 |
|
|
|
2887 |
|
|
Screen 3: skip use existing /home/partimag |
2888 |
|
|
|
2889 |
|
|
Screen 4: Beginer / Expert |
2890 |
|
|
|
2891 |
|
|
Screen 5: restoreparts |
2892 |
|
|
Restore_an_image_to_local_partition |
2893 |
|
|
|
2894 |
|
|
and continue as usual to restore the partition. |
2895 |
|
|
|
2896 |
|
|
Converting image files |
2897 |
|
|
--------------------- |
2898 |
|
|
# imgconvert -p -o other_data sys-bck hda3 sdb2 |
2899 |
|
|
Clonezilla Live Image Conversion |
2900 |
|
|
imgconvert v. 0.1 - (C) 2009 S. Georgaras |
2901 |
|
|
|
2902 |
|
|
Determining input image |
2903 |
|
|
Input image: "/home/partimag/sys-bck" |
2904 |
|
|
Validating image... ok |
2905 |
|
|
Determining input partition |
2906 |
|
|
Input partition: "hda3" |
2907 |
|
|
Validating input partition... ok |
2908 |
|
|
Determining output image |
2909 |
|
|
Output image: "/home/partimag/other_data" |
2910 |
|
|
Validating output image... ok |
2911 |
|
|
Checking permissions... ok |
2912 |
|
|
Determining output partition |
2913 |
|
|
Output partition: "sda2" |
2914 |
|
|
Validating output partition... ok |
2915 |
|
|
Creating output image: /home/partimag/other_data |
2916 |
|
|
Copying files... done |
2917 |
|
|
Fixing info files... done |
2918 |
|
|
|
2919 |
|
|
# imginfo -i other_data |
2920 |
|
|
Image: other_data, part: sdb2, size: 233.87GB, type: Linux |
2921 |
|
|
|
2922 |
|
|
# ls -la sys-bck |
2923 |
|
|
total 1111972 |
2924 |
|
|
drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 4096 2007-11-22 03:21 . |
2925 |
|
|
drwxr-xr-x. 34 root root 4096 2009-04-06 21:28 .. |
2926 |
|
|
-rw-r--r-- 1 root root 4 2007-11-20 20:33 disk |
2927 |
|
|
-rw-r--r-- 1 root root 1081716736 2007-11-20 20:32 hda1.aa |
2928 |
|
|
-rw-r--r-- 1 root root 45453312 2007-11-20 20:33 hda2.aa |
2929 |
|
|
-rw-r--r-- 1 root root 10317824 2007-11-20 20:33 hda3.aa |
2930 |
|
|
-rw-r--r-- 1 root root 37 2007-11-21 18:56 hda-chs.sf |
2931 |
|
|
-rw-r--r-- 1 root root 37 2007-11-21 18:50 hda-chs.sf.orig |
2932 |
|
|
-rw-r--r-- 1 root root 512 2007-11-20 20:31 hda-mbr |
2933 |
|
|
-rw-r--r-- 1 root root 259 2007-11-21 18:59 hda-pt.sf |
2934 |
|
|
-rw-r--r-- 1 root root 259 2007-11-21 18:50 hda-pt.sf.orig |
2935 |
|
|
-rw-r--r-- 1 root root 15 2007-11-20 20:33 parts |
2936 |
|
|
-rw-r--r-- 1 root root 17 2007-11-20 20:33 swappt-hda4.info |
2937 |
|
|
# |
2938 |
|
|
# |
2939 |
|
|
# ls -la other_data |
2940 |
|
|
total 24 |
2941 |
|
|
drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 4096 2009-04-06 21:27 . |
2942 |
|
|
drwxr-xr-x. 35 root root 4096 2009-04-06 21:27 .. |
2943 |
|
|
-rw-r--r-- 1 root root 5 2009-04-06 21:27 parts |
2944 |
|
|
-rw-r--r-- 1 root root 10317824 2009-04-06 21:27 sdb2.aa |
2945 |
|
|
-rw-r--r-- 1 root root 37 2009-04-06 21:27 sdb-chs.sf |
2946 |
|
|
-rw-r--r-- 1 root root 106 2009-04-06 21:27 sdb-pt.sf |
2947 |
|
|
|
2948 |
|
|
Booting a restored Linux system |
2949 |
|
|
**************************************** |
2950 |
|
|
A Linux system that has been restored to a new disk/partition, is usually |
2951 |
|
|
not ready to be booted right after the restoration procedure is finished. |
2952 |
|
|
|
2953 |
|
|
There are two more steps that you may have to take: |
2954 |
|
|
|
2955 |
|
|
* Fix /etc/fstab |
2956 |
|
|
* Reinstall GRUB. |
2957 |
|
|
I will assume GRUB is your boot manager, as it is the usual case nowadays. |
2958 |
|
|
|
2959 |
|
|
For this example I will assume that you have restored a Linux system |
2960 |
|
|
(that used to be in sdb), to a new disk (hda), and that it contains three |
2961 |
|
|
partitions, / (the root partition), /home (user's partition) and a swap |
2962 |
|
|
partition. You must be really careful here, as the name of the new disk |
2963 |
|
|
depends on the system to be booted. If it uses one of the newest Linux |
2964 |
|
|
kernels (using the libata disk driver), ALL your disks will be recognised |
2965 |
|
|
as SCSI. More info: "Identifying devices in Linux" section "SCSI disks |
2966 |
|
|
when there are none!!!". |
2967 |
|
|
|
2968 |
|
|
This is what we have: |
2969 |
|
|
|
2970 |
|
|
root partition home partition swap partition |
2971 |
|
|
Old system /dev/sdb1 /dev/sdb2 /dev/sdb3 |
2972 |
|
|
New system /dev/hda1 /dev/hda2 /dev/hda3 |
2973 |
|
|
|
2974 |
|
|
Fixing /etc/fstab |
2975 |
|
|
--------------------- |
2976 |
|
|
Since we are still in Clonezilla Live, right after the restore procedure |
2977 |
|
|
has finished, we will use it to mount our restored root partition, and |
2978 |
|
|
edit its /etc/fstab. We issue the commands: |
2979 |
|
|
|
2980 |
|
|
mkdir /new-root |
2981 |
|
|
mount /dev/hda1 /new-root |
2982 |
|
|
vi /new-root/etc/fstab |
2983 |
|
|
|
2984 |
|
|
The contents of /etc/fstab could be something like |
2985 |
|
|
|
2986 |
|
|
/dev/sdb1 / reiserfs acl,user_xattr 1 1 |
2987 |
|
|
/dev/sdb2 /home reiserfs defaults 1 2 |
2988 |
|
|
/dev/sdb3 swap swap defaults 0 0 |
2989 |
|
|
|
2990 |
|
|
and we have to change ti to |
2991 |
|
|
|
2992 |
|
|
/dev/hda1 / reiserfs acl,user_xattr 1 1 |
2993 |
|
|
/dev/hda2 /home reiserfs defaults 1 2 |
2994 |
|
|
/dev/hda3 swap swap defaults 0 0 |
2995 |
|
|
|
2996 |
|
|
Finally, we unmount the partition, and we are ready to reboot |
2997 |
|
|
|
2998 |
|
|
umount /new-root |
2999 |
|
|
reboot |
3000 |
|
|
|
3001 |
|
|
Reinstalling GRUB |
3002 |
|
|
--------------------- |
3003 |
|
|
When Clonezilla-SysRescCD menu appears, we select Tools > Super Grub Disk |
3004 |
|
|
|
3005 |
|
|
Then we select Super Grub Disk > Super Grub Disk (WITH HELP) > English |
3006 |
|
|
Super Grub Disk > Gnu/Linux > Fix Boot of Gnu/Linux (GRUB). From this |
3007 |
|
|
entry we will be able to reinstall GRUB to our hard disk. |
3008 |
|
|
|
3009 |
|
|
You may also want to have a look at Super Grub Disk "documentation {{ |
3010 |
|
|
http://www.supergrubdisk.org/wiki/SuperGrubDiskDocumentation }}". |
3011 |
|
|
|
3012 |
|
|
|
3013 |
|
|
|
3014 |
|
|
|
3015 |
|
|
Fixing boot problems |
3016 |
|
|
============================================================================== |
3017 |
|
|
|
3018 |
|
|
Intro |
3019 |
|
|
**************************************** |
3020 |
|
|
Boot problems are probably the most feared computer problems. Without an |
3021 |
|
|
operating system you can't access your data, get the work done or even |
3022 |
|
|
google for help. That's why it's often a good idea to have an alternative |
3023 |
|
|
operating system available for searching help if the main OS doesn't |
3024 |
|
|
work. Also a copy of Clonezilla-SysRescCD can be invaluable help. |
3025 |
|
|
|
3026 |
|
|
Actually, the initial reason why I (Jyrki) installed GNU/Linux at all was |
3027 |
|
|
that I wanted to be able to fix Windows boot problems if they occur. I |
3028 |
|
|
installed both GNU/Linux and GRUB to my external hard drive, completely |
3029 |
|
|
separating operating systems. Even if either bootloader stopped working, |
3030 |
|
|
I'd still be able to boot one of my OSes. |
3031 |
|
|
|
3032 |
|
|
But such configuration is not easy to create, and when I installed GNU/Linux, |
3033 |
|
|
I knew very little about it. If I didn't read the instructions I found |
3034 |
|
|
here and there very carefully, I probably would have done a common mistake: |
3035 |
|
|
installing GRUB to my internal hard drive. Such mistake would have caused |
3036 |
|
|
two problems: |
3037 |
|
|
|
3038 |
|
|
* Inability to boot GNU/Linux at any computer expect the one which was |
3039 |
|
|
used for installing |
3040 |
|
|
* Inability to boot Windows when the external drive isn't connected |
3041 |
|
|
|
3042 |
|
|
In this page, I simulate that situation in a virtual machine and fix |
3043 |
|
|
both problems. |
3044 |
|
|
|
3045 |
|
|
Symptoms |
3046 |
|
|
**************************************** |
3047 |
|
|
What happens when I try to boot the external hard drive on another computer |
3048 |
|
|
depends on the BIOS of the computer. For example, on my computer I see a |
3049 |
|
|
Black Screen of Death {{ http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Black_Screen_of_Death |
3050 |
|
|
}} when I try booting from a disk with empty Master Boot Record. Other |
3051 |
|
|
BIOSes may boot the local operating system or display an error message |
3052 |
|
|
(for example "Disk boot failure", "Missing operating system" or "Operating |
3053 |
|
|
system not found"). |
3054 |
|
|
|
3055 |
|
|
The other problem is very easy to determine. When external drive is |
3056 |
|
|
disconnected and I try to boot, I'll see this: |
3057 |
|
|
|
3058 |
|
|
[[ error-21.png ]] |
3059 |
|
|
|
3060 |
|
|
Goals |
3061 |
|
|
**************************************** |
3062 |
|
|
Because I still want to separate my operating systems completely, |
3063 |
|
|
I try to restore NTLDR to the Master Boot Record of the internal disk, |
3064 |
|
|
if possible. If that's not possible, I install there another bootloader |
3065 |
|
|
that chainloads Windows. |
3066 |
|
|
|
3067 |
|
|
I could reinstall GNU/Linux completely and make sure that the GRUB is |
3068 |
|
|
installed to the right disk this time, but it's not a good idea if I only |
3069 |
|
|
need to overwrite the first 446 bytes (yes, bytes, not kilo- or megabytes) |
3070 |
|
|
of the disk. So, I only install GRUB to the external disk, by using Super |
3071 |
|
|
Grub Disk. |
3072 |
|
|
|
3073 |
|
|
Your problem (if you have one at all) most likely is different, but goals |
3074 |
|
|
are often the same. |
3075 |
|
|
|
3076 |
|
|
You need to restore NTLDR if you... |
3077 |
|
|
|
3078 |
|
|
* ...just installed GNU/Linux, but the boot menu doesn't mention Windows |
3079 |
|
|
at all. You're not willing to learn how Windows can be added to the boot |
3080 |
|
|
menu, you just need to make your computer to boot Windows again right now. |
3081 |
|
|
* ...cloned your Windows partition to your brand new computer but didn't |
3082 |
|
|
clone the Master Boot Record. |
3083 |
|
|
* ...are about to uninstall GNU/Linux and aren't willing to use GRUB as |
3084 |
|
|
your bootloader. |
3085 |
|
|
|
3086 |
|
|
You need to install GRUB if you... |
3087 |
|
|
|
3088 |
|
|
* ...just installed Windows and want to make GNU/Linux bootable again. |
3089 |
|
|
* ...cloned your GNU/Linux partition to your brand new computer but didn't |
3090 |
|
|
clone the Master Boot Record. |
3091 |
|
|
* ...just installed GNU/Linux but installed GRUB to a non-first hard drive |
3092 |
|
|
by accident. (The symptom is that your computer still boots to the operating |
3093 |
|
|
system you had installed already.) |
3094 |
|
|
|
3095 |
|
|
[[ info.png ]] |
3096 |
|
|
The following pressentation has been made usingSuper Grub Disk v0.9799 |
3097 |
|
|
|
3098 |
|
|
Restoring NTLDR |
3099 |
|
|
**************************************** |
3100 |
|
|
There are a lot of ways to restore NTLDR. However, sometimes there is no |
3101 |
|
|
legal way to restore it, and I'm NOT telling about the illegal ones. The |
3102 |
|
|
last resort is using syslinux to chainload Windows; there is usually no |
3103 |
|
|
way to notice that syslinux is used instead of NTLDR. |
3104 |
|
|
|
3105 |
|
|
I've listed here the most important options in order I'd use them. |
3106 |
|
|
|
3107 |
|
|
Restoring NTLDR from a backup |
3108 |
|
|
--------------------- |
3109 |
|
|
If you've been smart enough to use Clonezilla Live to create a disk image |
3110 |
|
|
of your first hard drive, it's very easy to restore NTLDR. |
3111 |
|
|
|
3112 |
|
|
Your NTLDR is safe in a file called hda-mbr or sda-mbr. You can use dd to |
3113 |
|
|
overwrite your existing Master Boot Record. |
3114 |
|
|
|
3115 |
|
|
[[ important.png ]] |
3116 |
|
|
Don't restore all 512 bytes of your Master Boot Record.The MBR contains |
3117 |
|
|
your partition table and restoring it afterrepartitioning your disk erases |
3118 |
|
|
all the data on the disk. |
3119 |
|
|
|
3120 |
|
|
If you normally use GNU/Linux, open terminal and run these commands as root: |
3121 |
|
|
|
3122 |
|
|
mount /dev/sdc1 /mnt/usb |
3123 |
|
|
dd if=/mnt/usb/Backup/sda-mbr of=/dev/sda bs=446 count=1 |
3124 |
|
|
|
3125 |
|
|
Note: In the commands I have assumed that your first hard drive is /dev/sda |
3126 |
|
|
and that your disk image resides in the folder Backup in partition |
3127 |
|
|
/dev/sdc1. You will have to replace them with the correct pieces of |
3128 |
|
|
information. |
3129 |
|
|
|
3130 |
|
|
Note: How a command can be run as root depends on the GNU/Linux distribution |
3131 |
|
|
you use. If it's Ubuntu or a distro based on it, simply put "sudo" above |
3132 |
|
|
the command. For example, the latter of the above commands can be executed |
3133 |
|
|
by typing "sudo dd if=/mnt/usb/Backup/sda-mbr of=/dev/sda bs=446 count=1" |
3134 |
|
|
|
3135 |
|
|
If you normally use another operating system, boot into SystemRescueCD and |
3136 |
|
|
run the above commands. In SystemRescueCD all commands are run as root, |
3137 |
|
|
so you don't need to add any prefix to the commands. |
3138 |
|
|
|
3139 |
|
|
If you don't know the name of the partition, run this command as root: |
3140 |
|
|
|
3141 |
|
|
fdisk -l |
3142 |
|
|
|
3143 |
|
|
It tells how many hard drives you have, how many partitions they contain |
3144 |
|
|
and what filesystems the partitions use. If you know, for example, that |
3145 |
|
|
the disk where you've saved the disk image contains only one partition, |
3146 |
|
|
look for such disks. |
3147 |
|
|
|
3148 |
|
|
Using Bootrec.exe (Windows Vista/7 only) |
3149 |
|
|
--------------------- |
3150 |
|
|
You need Windows Vista/7 install disc for this. If you don't have one (for |
3151 |
|
|
example, if you bought a laptop that was bundled with preinstalled Windows |
3152 |
|
|
and manufacturer's recovery disc), download a recovery disc from here. |
3153 |
|
|
|
3154 |
|
|
Then boot from the disc. After selecting language, time, currency and |
3155 |
|
|
keyboard, click Repair your computer. You'll get a list of operating systems |
3156 |
|
|
you're able to repair. Choose any of them; that choice doesn't matter. |
3157 |
|
|
|
3158 |
|
|
After that, you'll see a dialog box named System Recovery Options. Click |
3159 |
|
|
Command Prompt. Then you only need to execute one command: |
3160 |
|
|
|
3161 |
|
|
Bootrec /FixMbr |
3162 |
|
|
|
3163 |
|
|
Note: The command is case-insensitive. You can type, for example, |
3164 |
|
|
"bootrec /fixmbr". |
3165 |
|
|
|
3166 |
|
|
Using FIXMBR (Windows XP only) |
3167 |
|
|
--------------------- |
3168 |
|
|
You need Windows XP install disc. Boot from it, and when you see the screen |
3169 |
|
|
"Windows XP Home Edition Setup" or "Windows XP Professional Setup", press |
3170 |
|
|
R to enter the Recovery Console. Then choose the Windows installation you |
3171 |
|
|
want to log onto. If you have only one copy of Windows installed, press |
3172 |
|
|
1 and ENTER. After that, enter the administator password and press ENTER. |
3173 |
|
|
|
3174 |
|
|
There is only one command to run: |
3175 |
|
|
|
3176 |
|
|
FIXMBR |
3177 |
|
|
|
3178 |
|
|
Note: The command is case-insensitive. You can type, for example, "fixmbr". |
3179 |
|
|
|
3180 |
|
|
Using FDISK (Windows 95/98/Me only) |
3181 |
|
|
--------------------- |
3182 |
|
|
For this, you need a floppy drive. You also need to run a Windows-only |
3183 |
|
|
program, so your first challenge is to boot Windows without NTLDR. |
3184 |
|
|
|
3185 |
|
|
Don't worry, Super Grub Disk makes it possible. Boot into it. |
3186 |
|
|
|
3187 |
|
|
[[ supergrubdisk-01.png ]] |
3188 |
|
|
Just choose the option "!WIN! :(((" and press ENTER. |
3189 |
|
|
|
3190 |
|
|
When you have Windows up and running, download the boot disk |
3191 |
|
|
image appropriate to your version of Windows from Bootdisk.Com {{ |
3192 |
|
|
http://www.bootdisk.com/bootdisk.htm }}. Then put a floppy to your floppy |
3193 |
|
|
drive. |
3194 |
|
|
|
3195 |
|
|
If the floppy isn't already formatted, open My Computer, right-click the |
3196 |
|
|
floppy drive and select Format.... |
3197 |
|
|
|
3198 |
|
|
At the format window, choose the capacity of 1,44 megabytes and Full format |
3199 |
|
|
type. You can enter any label (it means the name of the floppy you can see |
3200 |
|
|
next to the floppy drive letter) and disable the summary if you wish. Keep |
3201 |
|
|
the Copy system files option disabled. |
3202 |
|
|
|
3203 |
|
|
When you have a formatted floppy in your drive, double-click the boot disk |
3204 |
|
|
image you downloaded. When it's done, shut Windows down and check your |
3205 |
|
|
BIOS settings to be able to boot from the floppy. Some BIOSes contain a |
3206 |
|
|
boot menu, others require editing settings pernamently. Details can be |
3207 |
|
|
found on the manual of the motherboard or laptop. |
3208 |
|
|
|
3209 |
|
|
Then boot from the floppy. When you're given three boot options, choose |
3210 |
|
|
the option 2. Start computer without CD-ROM support. Wait a moment to |
3211 |
|
|
enter command line and run this command: |
3212 |
|
|
|
3213 |
|
|
FDISK /MBR |
3214 |
|
|
|
3215 |
|
|
Note: The command is case-insensitive. You can type, for example, |
3216 |
|
|
"fdisk /mbr". |
3217 |
|
|
|
3218 |
|
|
Installing syslinux using Super Grub Disk |
3219 |
|
|
--------------------- |
3220 |
|
|
The above four are the only legal ways I know to restore NTLDR to the |
3221 |
|
|
Master Boot Record. Unfortunately, sometimes none of them can be used. If |
3222 |
|
|
that's the case, it's time to switch bootloader. GRUB can be configured to |
3223 |
|
|
chainload Windows, and usually it even does that automatically, but this |
3224 |
|
|
page isn't intended to help configuring GRUB. I assume that if you're |
3225 |
|
|
primarily a Windows user and reading this page, you don't want to learn |
3226 |
|
|
how to use GNU/Linux, you just want to make Windows bootable again. |
3227 |
|
|
|
3228 |
|
|
Maybe the easiest way to do so is installing syslinux using Super Grub |
3229 |
|
|
Disk. Super Grub Disk configures it automatically to chainload the first |
3230 |
|
|
active partition. The partition should contain Windows, Windows can't boot |
3231 |
|
|
if its partition isn't active. |
3232 |
|
|
|
3233 |
|
|
Boot into Super Grub Disk. |
3234 |
|
|
|
3235 |
|
|
[[ supergrubdisk-01a.png ]] |
3236 |
|
|
Choose the option "WIN => MBR & !WIN! :(((((((((((((((((((((" and |
3237 |
|
|
press ENTER. Windows will be booted automatically right after installing |
3238 |
|
|
syslinux. |
3239 |
|
|
|
3240 |
|
|
Installing GRUB |
3241 |
|
|
**************************************** |
3242 |
|
|
Contrary to various ways to restore NTLDR, there is only one way to install |
3243 |
|
|
GRUB I recommend. That's Super Grub Disk, because it contains GRUB no |
3244 |
|
|
matter what has happened to the hard drive(s). First, I boot into it. |
3245 |
|
|
|
3246 |
|
|
[[ supergrubdisk-01b.png ]] |
3247 |
|
|
I select "Choose Language & HELP :-)))" and press ENTER. |
3248 |
|
|
|
3249 |
|
|
Screen "S.G.D. Language Selection." |
3250 |
|
|
--------------------- |
3251 |
|
|
[[ supergrubdisk-02.png ]] |
3252 |
|
|
I select "English Super Grub Disk" and press ENTER. |
3253 |
|
|
|
3254 |
|
|
[[ supergrubdisk-03.png ]] |
3255 |
|
|
I press ENTER... |
3256 |
|
|
|
3257 |
|
|
[[ supergrubdisk-04.png ]] |
3258 |
|
|
...and then ENTER again... |
3259 |
|
|
|
3260 |
|
|
[[ supergrubdisk-05.png ]] |
3261 |
|
|
...and then ENTER once again... |
3262 |
|
|
|
3263 |
|
|
[[ supergrubdisk-06.png ]] |
3264 |
|
|
...and finally ENTER one more time. |
3265 |
|
|
|
3266 |
|
|
Screen "English Super Grub Disk (Help)" |
3267 |
|
|
--------------------- |
3268 |
|
|
[[ supergrubdisk-07.png ]] |
3269 |
|
|
I select "Advanced". |
3270 |
|
|
|
3271 |
|
|
Screen "Advanced (Help)" |
3272 |
|
|
--------------------- |
3273 |
|
|
[[ supergrubdisk-08.png ]] |
3274 |
|
|
I select "GRUB" and press ENTER. |
3275 |
|
|
|
3276 |
|
|
Screen "GRUB (Help)" |
3277 |
|
|
--------------------- |
3278 |
|
|
[[ supergrubdisk-09.png ]] |
3279 |
|
|
I select "Restore GRUB in Hard Disk (MBR)" and press ENTER... |
3280 |
|
|
|
3281 |
|
|
[[ supergrubdisk-10.png ]] |
3282 |
|
|
...and ENTER. |
3283 |
|
|
|
3284 |
|
|
Screen "Restore GRUB in Hard Disk (MBR) (Help)" |
3285 |
|
|
--------------------- |
3286 |
|
|
[[ supergrubdisk-11.png ]] |
3287 |
|
|
I select "Manual Restore GRUB in Hard Disk (MBR)" and press ENTER. If you |
3288 |
|
|
want to install GRUB to the Master Boot Record of the first hard drive, |
3289 |
|
|
"Automatically Install" is a better choice. If you don't know if you |
3290 |
|
|
want GRUB to the first or some other disk, you most likely want it to the |
3291 |
|
|
first disk. |
3292 |
|
|
|
3293 |
|
|
Screen "Manual Restore GRUB in Hard Disk (MBR) (Help)" |
3294 |
|
|
--------------------- |
3295 |
|
|
[[ supergrubdisk-12.png ]] |
3296 |
|
|
I confirm my decision by selecting "Manual Restore GRUB in Hard Disk (MBR)" |
3297 |
|
|
again and pressing ENTER. |
3298 |
|
|
|
3299 |
|
|
Screen "Partition of GRUB" |
3300 |
|
|
--------------------- |
3301 |
|
|
[[ supergrubdisk-13.png ]] |
3302 |
|
|
In this screen I can select the disk that contains the partition that |
3303 |
|
|
contains the files needed by GRUB. In this case, that disk is the external |
3304 |
|
|
hard drive. As you can see, the disk is only three megabytes in size - |
3305 |
|
|
because the computer used for screenshots is still virtual. Actually, the |
3306 |
|
|
"disk" where I'm installing GRUB is just a file. |
3307 |
|
|
|
3308 |
|
|
Next Screen |
3309 |
|
|
--------------------- |
3310 |
|
|
[[ supergrubdisk-14.png ]] |
3311 |
|
|
This is where I choose the partition where GRUB files reside. This disk |
3312 |
|
|
contains only one partition. |
3313 |
|
|
|
3314 |
|
|
Screen "Restore to MBR of Hard Disk" |
3315 |
|
|
--------------------- |
3316 |
|
|
[[ supergrubdisk-15.png ]] |
3317 |
|
|
I select the external hard drive to install GRUB to its Master Boot Record. |
3318 |
|
|
|
3319 |
|
|
[[ supergrubdisk-12.png ]] |
3320 |
|
|
Some text scrolled in the screen (too fast to read or take a screenshot) |
3321 |
|
|
and I was back at this screen. I rebooted the computer. (In this situation, |
3322 |
|
|
you can safely do a "hard reboot" by pressing reset button once or power |
3323 |
|
|
button twice.) |
3324 |
|
|
|
3325 |
|
|
[[ grub-loading.png ]] |
3326 |
|
|
GRUB booted successfully. |
3327 |
|
|
|
3328 |
|
|
|
3329 |
|
|
|
3330 |
|
|
|
3331 |
|
|
Booting an old PC |
3332 |
|
|
============================================================================== |
3333 |
|
|
|
3334 |
|
|
Intro |
3335 |
|
|
**************************************** |
3336 |
|
|
Have you ever tried to boot an old PC off a CD-ROM, and found out it |
3337 |
|
|
wouldn't, because its BIOS does not support it, or it's faulty or for any |
3338 |
|
|
other reason? Well, I have. So this page is an effort to solve this problem. |
3339 |
|
|
|
3340 |
|
|
The only way to do it, is to boot of a floppy disk which will help me |
3341 |
|
|
"load" whatever operation system I want from a CD. This means that I will |
3342 |
|
|
have to write a boot loader to the floppy disk. |
3343 |
|
|
|
3344 |
|
|
The software I will use is Smart Boot Manager {{ |
3345 |
|
|
http://sourceforge.net/projects/btmgr/ }}, a small boot manager with a |
3346 |
|
|
nice TUI (Text User Interface). Its floppy image, already accessible from |
3347 |
|
|
the "Tools" menu, can be found in the bootdisk folder of the CD under the |
3348 |
|
|
name sbm.img. |
3349 |
|
|
|
3350 |
|
|
Writing the image to a floppy disk |
3351 |
|
|
**************************************** |
3352 |
|
|
All you have to do is get to a PC equipped with a floppy drive, get a |
3353 |
|
|
floppy disk which is in excellent condition (no bad sectors/blocks), |
3354 |
|
|
and copy the image file to it. |
3355 |
|
|
|
3356 |
|
|
1. From Linux |
3357 |
|
|
--------------------- |
3358 |
|
|
You can either boot Clonezilla Live or SystemRescueCD, and when the system |
3359 |
|
|
is fully up, execute the command: |
3360 |
|
|
|
3361 |
|
|
dd if=/path/to/sbm.img of=/dev/fd0 |
3362 |
|
|
|
3363 |
|
|
where /path/to is |
3364 |
|
|
/live/image/bootdisk for Clonezilla Live |
3365 |
|
|
/mnt/livecd/bootdisk for SystemRescueCD |
3366 |
|
|
|
3367 |
|
|
2. From DOS |
3368 |
|
|
--------------------- |
3369 |
|
|
You can get into any DOS (boot FreeDOS from the CD, for example), and use |
3370 |
|
|
any of the following programs found in the rawrite folder of the CD: |
3371 |
|
|
|
3372 |
|
|
* rawrite.exe: is just here for completeness, as it may be needed for someone |
3373 |
|
|
* rawrite2.exe: should be the fastest |
3374 |
|
|
* rawrite3.com: should work if rawrite2 fails for some reason |
3375 |
|
|
* fdimage.exe: rawrite alternative |
3376 |
|
|
|
3377 |
|
|
I found these programms at the FreeDOS web site {{ |
3378 |
|
|
http://www.fdos.org/ripcord/rawrite/ }}, where the following info is |
3379 |
|
|
included: |
3380 |
|
|
|
3381 |
|
|
Basic Usage (Rawrite): |
3382 |
|
|
Depending on the exact version, the output and command line support may |
3383 |
|
|
vary, i.e. not work |
3384 |
|
|
Usage: |
3385 |
|
|
MS-DOS prompt> RAWRITE |
3386 |
|
|
and follow the prompts, -or- |
3387 |
|
|
|
3388 |
|
|
MS-DOS prompt> RAWRITE [-f ] [-d ] [-n(owait)] [-h(elp)] |
3389 |
|
|
where: -f - name of disk image file |
3390 |
|
|
-d - diskette drive to use, must be A or B |
3391 |
|
|
-n - don't prompt for user to insert diskette |
3392 |
|
|
-h - print usage information to stdout |
3393 |
|
|
|
3394 |
|
|
The diskette must be formatted or rawrite will not work. |
3395 |
|
|
The contents of the disk do not matter and will be overwritten. |
3396 |
|
|
When ran interactively (without command line options) you will be prompted |
3397 |
|
|
for the disk image filename (you must remember this as there is no file |
3398 |
|
|
chooser). |
3399 |
|
|
You will also be prompted for the target/destination drive, either A or |
3400 |
|
|
B for A: or B: respectively. |
3401 |
|
|
Basic Usage (FDImage): |
3402 |
|
|
fdimage is an updated DOS program meant to replace rawrite. It does not |
3403 |
|
|
require a pre-formatted floppy diskette. |
3404 |
|
|
|
3405 |
|
|
FDIMAGE - Write disk image to floppy disk |
3406 |
|
|
Version 1.5 Copyright (c) 1996-7 Robert Nordier |
3407 |
|
|
|
3408 |
|
|
Usage: fdimage [-dqsv] [-f size] [-r count] file drive |
3409 |
|
|
|
3410 |
|
|
-d Debug mode |
3411 |
|
|
-f size Specify the floppy disk format by capacity, eg: |
3412 |
|
|
160K, 180K, 320K, 360K, 720K, 1.2M, 1.44M, 2.88M |
3413 |
|
|
-q Quick mode: don't format the disk |
3414 |
|
|
-r count Retry count for format/write operations |
3415 |
|
|
-s Single-sector I/O |
3416 |
|
|
-v Verbose |
3417 |
|
|
|
3418 |
|
|
In order to write the image file to a pre-formatted diskette, execute |
3419 |
|
|
the commands: |
3420 |
|
|
|
3421 |
|
|
X: |
3422 |
|
|
cd rawrite |
3423 |
|
|
rawrite2 -f X:bootdisksbm.img -d b: |
3424 |
|
|
|
3425 |
|
|
In order to write the image file and format the diskette at the same time, |
3426 |
|
|
execute the commands: |
3427 |
|
|
|
3428 |
|
|
X: |
3429 |
|
|
cd rawrite |
3430 |
|
|
fdimage -f 1.44M X:bootdisksbm.img b: |
3431 |
|
|
|
3432 |
|
|
where X: is the drive name in DOS |
3433 |
|
|
|
3434 |
|
|
3. From Windows |
3435 |
|
|
--------------------- |
3436 |
|
|
The final alternative is to use Windows program rawwritewin.exe (found in |
3437 |
|
|
the utils\rawrite folder of the CD), as shown in the following image: |
3438 |
|
|
|
3439 |
|
|
[[ rawwritewin.png ]] |
3440 |
|
|
|
3441 |
|
|
|
3442 |
|
|
|
3443 |
|
|
|
3444 |
|
|
Using SystemRescueCD |
3445 |
|
|
============================================================================== |
3446 |
|
|
|
3447 |
|
|
Intro |
3448 |
|
|
**************************************** |
3449 |
|
|
SystemRescueCD is an excellent Live CD. It contains cloning software too |
3450 |
|
|
(FSArchiver {{ http://www.fsarchiver.org/Main_Page }} and partimage, |
3451 |
|
|
to be spesific), but is unable to clone a whole disk, instead of only |
3452 |
|
|
individual partitions. |
3453 |
|
|
|
3454 |
|
|
Clonezilla Live is a great cloning solution, but it is unable to do anything |
3455 |
|
|
but clone. For general system administration, you need a lot more functions |
3456 |
|
|
- like these offered by SystemRescueCD. |
3457 |
|
|
|
3458 |
|
|
Clonezilla-SysRescCD has all of the functions of both discs. It's a |
3459 |
|
|
multi boot CD, so switching between CDs requires a reboot, but using |
3460 |
|
|
both individual discs requires switching the physical disc - in addition |
3461 |
|
|
to rebooting. |
3462 |
|
|
|
3463 |
|
|
But, of course, to be able to use SystemRescueCD's functions, you need to |
3464 |
|
|
know how to use them. We don't have permission to redistribute SystemRescueCD |
3465 |
|
|
documentation, so this page contains only just enough information to allow |
3466 |
|
|
you to look for more help in SystemRescueCD documentation. |
3467 |
|
|
|
3468 |
|
|
Which boot option to pick? |
3469 |
|
|
**************************************** |
3470 |
|
|
You may be confused because of the number of boot options you have. After |
3471 |
|
|
choosing "CD 2: System Rescue CD" you have a total of 15 options to boot |
3472 |
|
|
SystemRescueCD. Here is a table of them. |
3473 |
|
|
|
3474 |
|
|
kernel Normal To RAM Graphical Environment VESA Mini Shell |
3475 |
|
|
32-bit xxx +++ |
3476 |
|
|
32-bit (alt) |
3477 |
|
|
64-bit xxx +++ |
3478 |
|
|
|
3479 |
|
|
In the table, I have marked the options you most likely need. You should |
3480 |
|
|
choose either of the options marked with a '+++' if you have no idea and/or |
3481 |
|
|
time to read the next sections. |
3482 |
|
|
|
3483 |
|
|
Choosing the column |
3484 |
|
|
--------------------- |
3485 |
|
|
If you're accustomed to graphical environment, choose Graphical |
3486 |
|
|
Environment. In Graphical Environment you're able to use graphical programs, |
3487 |
|
|
like GParted and Mozilla Firefox. Terminals are also available, so using |
3488 |
|
|
Graphical Environment doesn't prevent using command line. The only negative |
3489 |
|
|
thing of Graphical Environment is that it slows booting process down a bit - |
3490 |
|
|
and it's often just plain unneeded. |
3491 |
|
|
|
3492 |
|
|
Try VESA, if normal Graphical Environment doesn't work. VESA uses Xvesa |
3493 |
|
|
graphical environment instead of X.Org that sometimes doesn't work. The |
3494 |
|
|
drawbacks of Xvesa compared to X.Org are that Xvesa isn't optimized to |
3495 |
|
|
any hardware (which means poorer performance) and Xvesa requires 32-bit |
3496 |
|
|
kernel. Thus, if you use this option, do NOT choose 64-bit kernel, the |
3497 |
|
|
combination leaves you at command line. |
3498 |
|
|
|
3499 |
|
|
If you're accustomed to command line and know already that you're not going |
3500 |
|
|
to use any graphical program, choose one of the normal options (just below |
3501 |
|
|
"System Rescue CD Menu"). Booting to command line is a bit faster process |
3502 |
|
|
than booting to graphical environment, and you can start X manually later. |
3503 |
|
|
|
3504 |
|
|
You need the option To RAM if you plan to burn discs while using |
3505 |
|
|
SystemRescueCD. The option copies the whole SystemRescueCD to the memory of |
3506 |
|
|
the computer during the boot process, allowing you to put another disc to |
3507 |
|
|
your CD/DVD writer while using SystemRescueCD. The negative thing is that |
3508 |
|
|
reading all the contents of the disc slows boot process down a lot. There |
3509 |
|
|
is no option which copies the disc to the memory and starts graphical |
3510 |
|
|
environment automatically, but you can easily start it manually. |
3511 |
|
|
|
3512 |
|
|
Mini Shell is probably the least used option. It enters BusyBox |
3513 |
|
|
shell after booting. BusyBox is an application that "combines |
3514 |
|
|
tiny versions of many common UNIX utilities into a single small |
3515 |
|
|
executable." However, SystemRescueCD contains most of these utilities |
3516 |
|
|
anyway, so there is not much need to use this option. some information {{ |
3517 |
|
|
http://www.busybox.net/about.html }} about BusyBox |
3518 |
|
|
|
3519 |
|
|
Choosing the row (kernel) |
3520 |
|
|
--------------------- |
3521 |
|
|
After having chosen the column of the above table, you still have three |
3522 |
|
|
options. Now you need to choose the kernel. |
3523 |
|
|
|
3524 |
|
|
The optimal kernel depends on the processor of your computer. If it's an |
3525 |
|
|
IA-32 processor, like Intel Pentium 4 or AMD Athlon XP, you should choose |
3526 |
|
|
32-bit kernel, because 64-bit kernel doesn't work at all. If you have |
3527 |
|
|
a x86-64 processor, like AMD Athlon 64 or Intel Core 2, you can choose |
3528 |
|
|
any kernel - the processor can run all of them. 64-bit kernel should be |
3529 |
|
|
preferred, because it allows chrooting on an existing GNU/Linux partition |
3530 |
|
|
containing 64-bit programs. Note, though, that you can't use 64-bit kernel |
3531 |
|
|
with VESA option. |
3532 |
|
|
|
3533 |
|
|
If you don't know your processor architecture, try 64-bit kernel. If your |
3534 |
|
|
processor architecture is IA-32, you'll see the following error message: |
3535 |
|
|
|
3536 |
|
|
This kernel requires an x86-64 CPU, but only detected an i686 CPU. Unable |
3537 |
|
|
to boot - please use a kernel appropriate for your CPU. |
3538 |
|
|
|
3539 |
|
|
At this stage, simply press Ctrl-Alt-Del to reboot and use always 32-bit |
3540 |
|
|
kernel on the machine. |
3541 |
|
|
|
3542 |
|
|
There is one more kernel - 32-bit kernel (alternative). It's designed to |
3543 |
|
|
support more recent hardware than the regular kernel. Try it if standard |
3544 |
|
|
32-bit kernel doesn't work. |
3545 |
|
|
|
3546 |
|
|
After booting |
3547 |
|
|
**************************************** |
3548 |
|
|
HELP!!! Where are the desktop and Start menu? |
3549 |
|
|
--------------------- |
3550 |
|
|
You should have read this section if you're looking for them. However, |
3551 |
|
|
you don't need to reboot in order to enter graphical environment. Simply |
3552 |
|
|
type this command and press ENTER: |
3553 |
|
|
|
3554 |
|
|
wizard |
3555 |
|
|
|
3556 |
|
|
The command asks you to choose a graphical environment. Try first X.Org, |
3557 |
|
|
and if it fails, run the command again and choose Xvesa. |
3558 |
|
|
|
3559 |
|
|
Connecting to the Internet |
3560 |
|
|
--------------------- |
3561 |
|
|
The CD doesn't contain any SystemRescueCD documentation, because we don't |
3562 |
|
|
have permission to redistribute it. In addition, our time is limited and |
3563 |
|
|
we can't rewrite it all. So, you need to connect to the Internet to be |
3564 |
|
|
able to read SystemRescueCD's official online documentation. |
3565 |
|
|
|
3566 |
|
|
Luckily, establishing Internet connection should be easy, if you're in a |
3567 |
|
|
network using DHCP. Nowadays, most people are. If you're using graphical |
3568 |
|
|
mode and terminal isn't already open, open it via the menu that opens when |
3569 |
|
|
you click the leftmost icon in the bottom pane. |
3570 |
|
|
|
3571 |
|
|
Then, type this command and press ENTER: |
3572 |
|
|
|
3573 |
|
|
dhcpcd eth0 |
3574 |
|
|
|
3575 |
|
|
If the network doesn't use DHCP, you can also configure Internet settings |
3576 |
|
|
by hand. You should be able to do so if you've previously configured your |
3577 |
|
|
settings in the operating system you normally use. The command to run is |
3578 |
|
|
|
3579 |
|
|
net-setup |
3580 |
|
|
|
3581 |
|
|
When you're done |
3582 |
|
|
**************************************** |
3583 |
|
|
When you're done, you naturally want to either shut the computer down or |
3584 |
|
|
reboot. Wait! Don't do it yet! |
3585 |
|
|
|
3586 |
|
|
Both I and Spiros have found out that letting a live CD to automatically |
3587 |
|
|
unmount partitions is often a bad idea. It can damage the filesystems |
3588 |
|
|
of the partitions which were mounted when the computer was shut down and |
3589 |
|
|
destroy any files in the partitions, even them you didn't use within the CD. |
3590 |
|
|
|
3591 |
|
|
So, I recommend unmounting them refore shutdown or reboot. Just run these |
3592 |
|
|
commands when you're done. |
3593 |
|
|
|
3594 |
|
|
If you want to reboot: |
3595 |
|
|
|
3596 |
|
|
cd |
3597 |
|
|
umount -a |
3598 |
|
|
reboot |
3599 |
|
|
|
3600 |
|
|
If you want to shut down: |
3601 |
|
|
cd |
3602 |
|
|
umount -a |
3603 |
|
|
poweroff |
3604 |
|
|
|
3605 |
|
|
More info |
3606 |
|
|
**************************************** |
3607 |
|
|
Here are some links to the official SystemRescueCD resources. |
3608 |
|
|
|
3609 |
|
|
SystemRescueCD - http://www.sysresccd.org/Main_Page |
3610 |
|
|
Detailed packages list- http://www.sysresccd.org/Detailed-packages-list |
3611 |
|
|
Manual - http://www.sysresccd.org/Online-Manual-EN |
3612 |
|
|
FAQ - http://www.sysresccd.org/FAQ |
3613 |
|
|
Howto - http://www.sysresccd.org/Howto |
3614 |
|
|
Forum - http://www.sysresccd.org/forums/ |
3615 |
|
|
|
3616 |
|
|
|
3617 |
|
|
|
3618 |
|
|
|
3619 |
|
|
Managing partitions |
3620 |
|
|
============================================================================== |
3621 |
|
|
|
3622 |
|
|
Intro |
3623 |
|
|
**************************************** |
3624 |
|
|
One of the most important maintenance tasks that can only be done by using |
3625 |
|
|
a live CD is partitioning. No operating system allows partitioning the |
3626 |
|
|
same disk where the OS itself resides. Trying to do so is like attempting |
3627 |
|
|
to repair a car while its engine is turned on. |
3628 |
|
|
|
3629 |
|
|
Of course, SystemRescueCD contains multiple programs that are related to |
3630 |
|
|
partitioning. Most important are GParted (graphical partitioning program), |
3631 |
|
|
GNU Parted (text-based partitioning program), fdisk and sfdisk (partition |
3632 |
|
|
table editors) and various filesystem tools (like ntfsprogs and e2fsprogs). |
3633 |
|
|
|
3634 |
|
|
This page contains some theory about partitions and filesystems, advice for |
3635 |
|
|
choosing the right filesystem and a partitioning example by using GParted. |
3636 |
|
|
|
3637 |
|
|
[[ important.png ]] |
3638 |
|
|
While partitioning, an user error or a bug can damage your |
3639 |
|
|
partitions.Creating a disk image of the disk to bepartitioned beforehand |
3640 |
|
|
is highly recommended. |
3641 |
|
|
|
3642 |
|
|
[[ info.png ]] |
3643 |
|
|
The following pressentation has been made usingSystemRescueCD v 1.4.0 |
3644 |
|
|
|
3645 |
|
|
Some theory |
3646 |
|
|
**************************************** |
3647 |
|
|
What is a partition? |
3648 |
|
|
--------------------- |
3649 |
|
|
A partition is a logical division of a hard disk created so that you can |
3650 |
|
|
have different operating systems on the same hard disk or to create the |
3651 |
|
|
appearance of having separate hard drives for file management, multiple |
3652 |
|
|
users, or other purposes. |
3653 |
|
|
|
3654 |
|
|
In Windows, a one-partition hard disk is labelled the "C:" drive ("A:" and |
3655 |
|
|
"B:" are typically reserved for diskette drives). A two-partition hard drive |
3656 |
|
|
would typically contain "C:" and "D:" drives. (CD-ROM drives typically are |
3657 |
|
|
assigned the last letter in whatever sequence of letters have been used |
3658 |
|
|
as a result of hard disk formatting, or typically with a two-partition, |
3659 |
|
|
the "E:" drive.). |
3660 |
|
|
|
3661 |
|
|
In UNIX-based systems, a partition is used to host the / (root) file system, |
3662 |
|
|
and optionally the /opt, /usr and /home file systems. There may also be |
3663 |
|
|
a swap partition, which doesn't host any file system. |
3664 |
|
|
|
3665 |
|
|
Each operatin system provides some kind of tool to create and manage |
3666 |
|
|
partitions. Examples of such tools are fdisk in DOS/Windows, fdisk, sfdisk |
3667 |
|
|
and parted in Linux, etc. |
3668 |
|
|
|
3669 |
|
|
What is the difference between primary, extended and logical partitions? |
3670 |
|
|
--------------------- |
3671 |
|
|
Information about partitions is saved in so-called partition table |
3672 |
|
|
in Master Boot Record. MBR itself is only 512 bytes in size, |
3673 |
|
|
and only 64 bytes are reserved for partition table. That's not |
3674 |
|
|
enough, and there are many workarounds to bypass limitations |
3675 |
|
|
caused by the size, for example logical block addressing {{ |
3676 |
|
|
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Logical_block_addressing#LBA.2C_ATA_devices_and_Enhanced_BIOS |
3677 |
|
|
}}. Extended partitions are another workaround. |
3678 |
|
|
|
3679 |
|
|
Partition table can only store information about four partitions. If one |
3680 |
|
|
has, for example, two GNU/Linux distributions on the same disk, both of |
3681 |
|
|
them having separate root partitions, shared /home and shared swap, the |
3682 |
|
|
partition number limit has been hit already. |
3683 |
|
|
|
3684 |
|
|
A partition that is mentioned in the partition table is called primary |
3685 |
|
|
partition. Because of the limit, one disk can only contain 1-4 primary |
3686 |
|
|
partitions. |
3687 |
|
|
|
3688 |
|
|
An extended partition fixes the problem simply by containing more boot |
3689 |
|
|
records, called Extended Boot Records (EBR). Each EBR contains information |
3690 |
|
|
about one logical partition and, if the extended partition contains multiple |
3691 |
|
|
logical partitions, link to the next EBR. Thus, an extended partition can |
3692 |
|
|
contain unlimited amount of logical partitions. |
3693 |
|
|
|
3694 |
|
|
Extended partition contains only EBRs and logical partitions (and maybe |
3695 |
|
|
unallocated space). Extended partition doesn't contain any filesystem and |
3696 |
|
|
files can't be stored in it. Of course, logical partition can contain any |
3697 |
|
|
filesystem (or be unformatted). |
3698 |
|
|
|
3699 |
|
|
Extended partition itself must be primary partition: an extended partition |
3700 |
|
|
can't be within another extended partition. In addition, a disk can contain |
3701 |
|
|
only one extended partition. |
3702 |
|
|
|
3703 |
|
|
Logical partitions can always be used for storing data: any operating system |
3704 |
|
|
can see logical partitions. GNU/Linux distributions can be installed to |
3705 |
|
|
logical partitions as well, but Windows requires a lot of tweaking. See |
3706 |
|
|
this outdated guide {{ http://www.goodells.net/multiboot/index.htm }}. |
3707 |
|
|
|
3708 |
|
|
What is LVM? |
3709 |
|
|
--------------------- |
3710 |
|
|
LVM means "Logical Volume Manager". It allows creating volume groups on top |
3711 |
|
|
of hard drives and logical volumes within volume groups. Logical volumes |
3712 |
|
|
are NOT the same thing as logical partitions! |
3713 |
|
|
|
3714 |
|
|
Volume groups can be created very flexibly: a volume group can allocate, |
3715 |
|
|
for example, the first half of the first hard drive and the second half |
3716 |
|
|
of the third drive. One can even create a massive volume group containing |
3717 |
|
|
all storage he/she has. |
3718 |
|
|
|
3719 |
|
|
The computer sees a logical volume as a partition: logical volume can be |
3720 |
|
|
left unformatted or contain any filesystem. |
3721 |
|
|
|
3722 |
|
|
LVM has many benefits: for example, if one has three hard drives 60 gigabytes |
3723 |
|
|
each, he/she can create a 160-gigabyte partition for storing massive files |
3724 |
|
|
and/or saving some disk space. In addition, logical volumes can be resized |
3725 |
|
|
even when they're in use, so when creating logical volumes one doesn't need |
3726 |
|
|
to worry if they're too small or big - if they are, he/she can resize them |
3727 |
|
|
at any time. |
3728 |
|
|
|
3729 |
|
|
However, resizing a logical volume doesn't resize the filesystem in |
3730 |
|
|
it, so using a filesystem that can be resized in use (online resizing) |
3731 |
|
|
is recommended. Very few filesystems can be shrinked online, but most |
3732 |
|
|
GNU/Linux filesystems (including ext3/4, ReiserFS, XFS and btrfs) can be |
3733 |
|
|
grown online. It's generally a good idea to leave unallocated space within |
3734 |
|
|
volume group, so logical volumes can later be grown without shrinking any |
3735 |
|
|
other logical volume. |
3736 |
|
|
|
3737 |
|
|
Here come bad news for people who dualboot: Windows doesn't support LVM, it |
3738 |
|
|
sees volume groups as unformatted partitions. If you try to access volume |
3739 |
|
|
group within Windows, you're just prompted to format the partition. That |
3740 |
|
|
prompt is annoying at best and dangerous at worst. |
3741 |
|
|
|
3742 |
|
|
More information about LVM can be found here (almost everything about LVM |
3743 |
|
|
in a single page) and here (official SystemRescueCD documentation about LVM). |
3744 |
|
|
|
3745 |
|
|
What is a file system? |
3746 |
|
|
--------------------- |
3747 |
|
|
A file system is the way in which files are named and where they are placed |
3748 |
|
|
logically for storage and retrieval. The DOS, Windows, OS/2, Macintosh, |
3749 |
|
|
and UNIX-based operating systems all have file systems in which files are |
3750 |
|
|
placed somewhere in a hierarchical (tree) structure. A file is placed in |
3751 |
|
|
a directory (folder in Windows) or subdirectory at the desired place in |
3752 |
|
|
the tree structure. |
3753 |
|
|
|
3754 |
|
|
The most important difference between filesystems is operating system |
3755 |
|
|
support. Some filesystems are supported by all modern operating systems, |
3756 |
|
|
but especially the newest filesystems are very rarely supported. Other |
3757 |
|
|
important limits are maximum file size, journaling support and file |
3758 |
|
|
permission metadata support. |
3759 |
|
|
|
3760 |
|
|
The reason that file size limits exist is that all filesystems reserve a |
3761 |
|
|
fixed number of bits for storing the file size. If the size of the file, |
3762 |
|
|
in bytes, is bigger than the biggest number that can be stored in file |
3763 |
|
|
size bits, the operating system must refuse to store the file at all in |
3764 |
|
|
order to prevent data corruption. |
3765 |
|
|
|
3766 |
|
|
File permission metadata means that the filesystem stores in the metadata |
3767 |
|
|
of the file, among other things, information about who owns the file and |
3768 |
|
|
what different users are allowed to do with the file. That metadata is |
3769 |
|
|
especially useful in multi-user environment because it mostly prevents |
3770 |
|
|
users from reading each other's files. Permissions can be bypassed, however. |
3771 |
|
|
|
3772 |
|
|
What is journaling? |
3773 |
|
|
--------------------- |
3774 |
|
|
Ideally, data in a partition never corrupts. But, in the real world, |
3775 |
|
|
there are power failures and operating system freezes. And if a computer |
3776 |
|
|
is forcefully shut down while something is written to the drive, the write |
3777 |
|
|
operation can't be finished. That can damage the filesystem and destroy |
3778 |
|
|
any files in the partition. |
3779 |
|
|
|
3780 |
|
|
Journaling partially fixes that problem by writing most changes to the |
3781 |
|
|
disk twice: first to a special area called journal and, after that, to |
3782 |
|
|
the filesystem itself. If power is lost while writing to the journal was |
3783 |
|
|
in progress, the partial change is just ignored and never committed to the |
3784 |
|
|
filesystem itself. If power failure or OS freeze happened while writing to |
3785 |
|
|
filesystem itself, the write operation is finished by using the information |
3786 |
|
|
in journal. |
3787 |
|
|
|
3788 |
|
|
Journaling helps most of the time when the computer has been forcefully |
3789 |
|
|
shut down, but not always. Due to performance reasons, only some |
3790 |
|
|
write operations are written to the journal, mostly the biggest |
3791 |
|
|
operations. Of course, journaling doesn't help if that particular |
3792 |
|
|
operation that was in progress while power was lost didn't go |
3793 |
|
|
through the journal. Journaling also doesn't protect from everything: |
3794 |
|
|
for example, using ext4 filesystem in conjuction with programs that |
3795 |
|
|
write a lot of files in a short time can result in massive data loss {{ |
3796 |
|
|
http://www.h-online.com/open/news/item/Possible-data-loss-in-Ext4-740467.html |
3797 |
|
|
}}, regardless if journaling is enabled or not. |
3798 |
|
|
|
3799 |
|
|
In addition, journaling reduces performance. It causes more writes to |
3800 |
|
|
the disk. That's not a big problem on mechanical hard drives, but on SSDs |
3801 |
|
|
(Solid State Drives) and thumb drives write speed is much slower than read |
3802 |
|
|
speed. They also have a limited number of writing cycles, so journaling |
3803 |
|
|
reduces their lifetime. I (Jyrki) actually use ext2 and FAT32 filesystems |
3804 |
|
|
on my external SSD drive because they do NOT support journaling at all. |
3805 |
|
|
|
3806 |
|
|
What are the differences between most popular filesystems? |
3807 |
|
|
--------------------- |
3808 |
|
|
The following table quickly describes the most important differences |
3809 |
|
|
between them. |
3810 |
|
|
|
3811 |
|
|
Operating system support |
3812 |
|
|
############################################################################# |
3813 |
|
|
Under Under Maximum Journaling Permissions |
3814 |
|
|
Windows GNU/Linux file size |
3815 |
|
|
############################################################################# |
3816 |
|
|
FAT32 Native Built-in 4 GB No No |
3817 |
|
|
NTFS Native Included 16 EB Yes Yes |
3818 |
|
|
ext2 3rd party driver Native 16 GB-2 TB* No Yes |
3819 |
|
|
ext3 3rd party driver Native 16 GB-2 TB* Yes Yes |
3820 |
|
|
ext4 No Native 16 GB-16 TB* Yes Yes |
3821 |
|
|
exFAT Native (Vista/7)** No 64 ZB No Yes |
3822 |
|
|
|
3823 |
|
|
* Depends on cluster size |
3824 |
|
|
** This update {{ http://support.microsoft.com/kb/955704 }} adds exFAT |
3825 |
|
|
support to Windows XP |
3826 |
|
|
|
3827 |
|
|
Operating system support: |
3828 |
|
|
|
3829 |
|
|
* "Native" means that the kernel supports the filesystem and the OS can |
3830 |
|
|
boot from a partition using that FS. |
3831 |
|
|
* "Built-in" means that the kernel supports the filesystem, but booting |
3832 |
|
|
from a partition containing such FS is very difficult. |
3833 |
|
|
* "Driver included" means that ntfs-3g (the driver that adds NTFS support |
3834 |
|
|
to Linux) comes with most GNU/Linux distributions. |
3835 |
|
|
* "3rd party driver" means that drivers to add filesystem support are |
3836 |
|
|
available, but must be downloaded and installed separately. The drivers |
3837 |
|
|
are Ext2 IFS and Ext2fsd. |
3838 |
|
|
* "No" means that there is no way to use the filesystem within the |
3839 |
|
|
operating system. |
3840 |
|
|
|
3841 |
|
|
Filesystems |
3842 |
|
|
**************************************** |
3843 |
|
|
This section contains more information about most popular filesystems. |
3844 |
|
|
|
3845 |
|
|
FAT32 |
3846 |
|
|
--------------------- |
3847 |
|
|
The initial version of FAT (File Allocation Table), now referred as |
3848 |
|
|
FAT12, was designed for floppy disks. A FAT12 partition can only be up |
3849 |
|
|
to 32 megabytes in size. After that, PCs equipped with hard drives were |
3850 |
|
|
introcuded by IBM and the sizes of hard drives began growing. Microsoft |
3851 |
|
|
answered the need by developing first initial FAT16 and then final FAT16. |
3852 |
|
|
|
3853 |
|
|
FAT16 partition can be up to two gigabytes in size. In the middle of 1990s, |
3854 |
|
|
that limit was becoming a problem. Microsoft pushed the limit up by updating |
3855 |
|
|
FAT again. |
3856 |
|
|
|
3857 |
|
|
FAT32 was first introduced with Windows 95 OSR2. Windows 98, |
3858 |
|
|
Windows Me, Windows 2000 and newer support FAT32 too. Linux |
3859 |
|
|
kernel has supported FAT32 almost as long as Windows, but |
3860 |
|
|
booting GNU/Linux from FAT32 partition is difficult and actually |
3861 |
|
|
requires DOS to be installed in the partition as well. (more information {{ |
3862 |
|
|
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/FAT_filesystem_and_Linux#Installing_Linux_on_and_booting_it_from_FAT_volumes_using_umsdos |
3863 |
|
|
}}) |
3864 |
|
|
|
3865 |
|
|
FAT32 partition can be up to two terabytes in size. As of now (March 2010), |
3866 |
|
|
there are hard drives that hit the limit, but don't exceed it. A single |
3867 |
|
|
file within FAT32 partition can be up to four gigabytes in size. |
3868 |
|
|
|
3869 |
|
|
Because FAT32 is, in the end, based on FAT12, it has very few features. It |
3870 |
|
|
doesn't support file permissions, hard/symbolic links, encryption, |
3871 |
|
|
compression, alternative data streams, journaling... It lacks support for |
3872 |
|
|
nearly anything that defines a modern filesystem. However, due to very |
3873 |
|
|
few features, FAT32 is very fast filesystem if it's not fragmented or on |
3874 |
|
|
a Flash-based drive. Mind you, FAT32 fragments very fast. |
3875 |
|
|
|
3876 |
|
|
Due to excellent operating system support, I recommend FAT32 for storing |
3877 |
|
|
files which should be accessible in both Windows and GNU/Linux. FAT32 |
3878 |
|
|
is also a good filesystem on Solid State Drives and thumb drives due to |
3879 |
|
|
its performance. |
3880 |
|
|
|
3881 |
|
|
ext2 |
3882 |
|
|
--------------------- |
3883 |
|
|
Ext2 or ext2fs is the successor of extfs (extended file system). Extfs |
3884 |
|
|
didn't support separated timestamps for access, data modification and inode |
3885 |
|
|
modification. In order to add support for them, and make the filesystem |
3886 |
|
|
extendable, a new filesystem had to be created. |
3887 |
|
|
|
3888 |
|
|
Ext2 was developed in January 1993, earlier than any other filesystem |
3889 |
|
|
mentioned in this page. |
3890 |
|
|
|
3891 |
|
|
Because ext2 is designed for GNU/Linux, support in Linux kernel was |
3892 |
|
|
implemented immediately. The first Windows driver supporting ext2, |
3893 |
|
|
Ext2fsd 0.01, was released on 25 January 2002. Both Windows drivers |
3894 |
|
|
for ext2 work only on Windows NT operating systems (NT 4.0 up to Vista, |
3895 |
|
|
7 isn't supported yet). |
3896 |
|
|
|
3897 |
|
|
The best property of ext2 is extensibility. The superblock contains |
3898 |
|
|
information about which version the filesystem is (ext2, ext3 or ext4) |
3899 |
|
|
and which extensions and features are in use. By using these pieces of |
3900 |
|
|
information, the operating system or driver can decide whether or not |
3901 |
|
|
mounting the partition is safe. That's the most important reason why most |
3902 |
|
|
GNU/Linux distributions still use successors of ext2 as default filesystems. |
3903 |
|
|
|
3904 |
|
|
Depending on cluster size, ext2 partition can be up to 2-32 terabytes in |
3905 |
|
|
size. File size limit is 16 GB-2 TB. |
3906 |
|
|
|
3907 |
|
|
Ext2 supports file permissions, both hard and symbolic links and extended |
3908 |
|
|
file attributes. Encryption, compression and journaling are unsupported. |
3909 |
|
|
|
3910 |
|
|
Due to lack of journaling support and existence of Windows drivers, I |
3911 |
|
|
recommend using ext2 if you're going to install GNU/Linux on a SSD drive |
3912 |
|
|
and want to be able to access files within Windows too. In fact, that's |
3913 |
|
|
exactly the setup I have. |
3914 |
|
|
|
3915 |
|
|
However, lack of journaling support is the worst limitation of ext2. And |
3916 |
|
|
what was done in order to get rid of the limitation? |
3917 |
|
|
|
3918 |
|
|
ext3 |
3919 |
|
|
--------------------- |
3920 |
|
|
Ext3, the successor of ext2, was introduced in Linux kernel on November |
3921 |
|
|
2001. It supports journaling, can be grown online and indexes large |
3922 |
|
|
directories. |
3923 |
|
|
|
3924 |
|
|
Ext2 IFS and Ext2fsd can mount ext3 partition as ext2 if the journal |
3925 |
|
|
is empty. (If it's not, something is wrong - journal is always emptied |
3926 |
|
|
when the partition is unmounted or the computer is shut down.) Thus, |
3927 |
|
|
ext3 support under Windows is just as good/bad as ext2 support. |
3928 |
|
|
|
3929 |
|
|
Partition and file size limits are the same as in ext2: partition size |
3930 |
|
|
limit is 2-32 TB and file size limit 16 GB-2 TB, depending on cluster size. |
3931 |
|
|
|
3932 |
|
|
Due to journaling support and existence of Windows drivers, ext3 is a good |
3933 |
|
|
choice if you're going to install GNU/Linux on a mechanical hard drive |
3934 |
|
|
and want to be able to access files within Windows. |
3935 |
|
|
|
3936 |
|
|
ext4 |
3937 |
|
|
--------------------- |
3938 |
|
|
Linux kernel support for ext4, the successor of ext3, was marked stable |
3939 |
|
|
code on October 2008. Ext4 contains multiple performance and stability |
3940 |
|
|
improvements over ext3. |
3941 |
|
|
|
3942 |
|
|
The most important new feature is extents. An extent is a contiguous area of |
3943 |
|
|
storage that has been reserved for a file. When a process starts to write |
3944 |
|
|
to a file, the whole extent is allocated even before the write operation |
3945 |
|
|
begins. The idea is that even if the file is larger than expected, it |
3946 |
|
|
doesn't fragment if it doesn't exceed the size of the extent. |
3947 |
|
|
|
3948 |
|
|
Another important improvement is larger partition size limit: an ext4 |
3949 |
|
|
partition can be even one exabyte in size. (An exabyte is a million |
3950 |
|
|
terabytes.) In addition, a directory within an ext4 partition can contain up |
3951 |
|
|
to 64 000 subdirectories (instead of 32 000, as in ext2/3) and timestamps |
3952 |
|
|
are much more accurate. The file size limit is 16 GB-16 TB, depending on |
3953 |
|
|
cluster size. |
3954 |
|
|
|
3955 |
|
|
Unfortunately, Ext2 IFS and Ext2Fsd don't support ext4 and are unable |
3956 |
|
|
to mount ext4 partition if extents are enabled. They can be disabled, |
3957 |
|
|
but other improvements of ext4 aren't that important for most people - |
3958 |
|
|
using ext2 or ext3 is just easier. |
3959 |
|
|
|
3960 |
|
|
Due to its features, ext4 is a good filesystem on computers that only have |
3961 |
|
|
GNU/Linux installed. Because journaling can be disabled, it is suitable |
3962 |
|
|
for Solid State Drives and thumb drives too. |
3963 |
|
|
|
3964 |
|
|
NTFS |
3965 |
|
|
--------------------- |
3966 |
|
|
At the end of 1980s, IBM and Microsoft were developing OS/2 operating |
3967 |
|
|
system. Both companies expected OS/2 1.1, released on 1988, to be the first |
3968 |
|
|
popular operating system having a GUI, Presentation Manager. Even though it |
3969 |
|
|
didn't become too popular during its first years, Microsoft didn't complain: |
3970 |
|
|
Windows 2 didn't sell any better. |
3971 |
|
|
|
3972 |
|
|
But on May 1990, Microsoft released Windows 3.0. Millions of copies of it |
3973 |
|
|
were sold during its first year, and Microsoft began to believe that OS/2 |
3974 |
|
|
had failed due to decisions of IBM. At autumn 1990, Microsoft stopped |
3975 |
|
|
cooperating with IBM, recasted OS/2 3.0 as Windows NT and continued |
3976 |
|
|
developing it alone, leaving IBM alone with OS/2. |
3977 |
|
|
|
3978 |
|
|
Windows NT was targeted for network file servers, and there were already |
3979 |
|
|
competition, most importantly Novell NetWare and OS/2. Among other things, |
3980 |
|
|
the filesystem of Windows NT had to be fast, space efficient and reliable. |
3981 |
|
|
|
3982 |
|
|
NTFS (New Technology File System) was introcuded with Windows NT 3.1. Newer |
3983 |
|
|
versions of NTFS have been introduced with newer versions of Windows NT, |
3984 |
|
|
and the filesystem is most likely still under development. All versions |
3985 |
|
|
of Windows NT support NTFS, but support in Linux kernel was implemented |
3986 |
|
|
as late as on December 2003. |
3987 |
|
|
|
3988 |
|
|
NTFS is still, in my opinion, the most feature-filled filesystem around. It |
3989 |
|
|
supports file permissions, both hard and symbolic links, encryption, |
3990 |
|
|
compression, alternative data streams, journaling... There are very few |
3991 |
|
|
features NTFS doesn't support. |
3992 |
|
|
|
3993 |
|
|
Depending on cluster size, a NTFS partition can be up to 8 ZB-1 YB in |
3994 |
|
|
size. (A zettabyte (ZB) is a milliard terabytes and a yottabyte (YB) |
3995 |
|
|
a billion terabytes.) File size limit is 16 EB. |
3996 |
|
|
|
3997 |
|
|
Windows 7 can only be installed on a NTFS |
3998 |
|
|
partition, and Vista requires a work-around {{ |
3999 |
|
|
http://www.computersplace.com/install-windows-vista-on-a-fat32-partition/windows-vista |
4000 |
|
|
}} if one wants to install it on a FAT32 partition. Of course NTFS partitions |
4001 |
|
|
can be used for data storage as well: due to features of NTFS, I recommend |
4002 |
|
|
doing so on mechanical hard drives on Windows-only computers. |
4003 |
|
|
|
4004 |
|
|
exFAT |
4005 |
|
|
--------------------- |
4006 |
|
|
NTFS is a great filesystem, but due to its complexity and journaling, it's |
4007 |
|
|
not suitable for Flash-based drives. Even Microsoft itself has recommended |
4008 |
|
|
using FAT32 on removable Flash media. |
4009 |
|
|
|
4010 |
|
|
However, FAT32 only allows files up to four gigabytes in size. The limit |
4011 |
|
|
is already becoming too small, for example a DVD disc image can exceed |
4012 |
|
|
that limit. In addition, FAT32 lacks file permission support. In order |
4013 |
|
|
to get rid of these limitations, Microsoft took FAT from its grave and |
4014 |
|
|
updated it one more time. |
4015 |
|
|
|
4016 |
|
|
ExFAT (extended FAT), also known as FAT64, was introduced with Windows CE |
4017 |
|
|
6.0, on November 2006. Windows Vista SP1, Windows 7 and newer support exFAT |
4018 |
|
|
too, and by installing this update {{ http://support.microsoft.com/kb/955704 |
4019 |
|
|
}} Windows XP can be extended to support exFAT as well. Unfortunately, |
4020 |
|
|
the only read-write exFAT driver for GNU/Linux (Tuxera exFAT for Embedded |
4021 |
|
|
Systems) is payware. |
4022 |
|
|
|
4023 |
|
|
The partition and file size limits of exFAT are the same: 64 |
4024 |
|
|
zettabytes. Another important improvement is file permission support that, |
4025 |
|
|
oddly, is lacking in Windows Vista. In addition, a directory within an |
4026 |
|
|
exFAT partition can contain up to 2 796 202 files (instead of 65 536, |
4027 |
|
|
as in FAT32) and timestamps have become more accurate. |
4028 |
|
|
|
4029 |
|
|
No operating system can be installed to an exFAT partition, so such |
4030 |
|
|
partitions can only be used for data storage. Due to lack of journaling |
4031 |
|
|
and support for huge files, exFAT is a good filesystem on Solid State |
4032 |
|
|
Drives and thumb drives that are only used within Windows Vista and/or 7. |
4033 |
|
|
|
4034 |
|
|
Partition list |
4035 |
|
|
--------------------- |
4036 |
|
|
The following table presents known partition types along with their IDs: |
4037 |
|
|
|
4038 |
|
|
0 Empty 80 Old Minix |
4039 |
|
|
1 FAT12 81 Minix / old Linux |
4040 |
|
|
2 XENIX root 82 Linux swap / Solaris |
4041 |
|
|
3 XENIX usr 83 Linux |
4042 |
|
|
4 FAT16 <32M 84 OS/2 hidden C: drive |
4043 |
|
|
5 Extended 85 Linux extended |
4044 |
|
|
6 FAT16 86 NTFS volume set |
4045 |
|
|
7 HPFS/NTFS 87 NTFS volume set |
4046 |
|
|
8 AIX 88 Linux plaintext |
4047 |
|
|
9 AIX bootable 8e Linux LVM |
4048 |
|
|
a OS/2 Boot Manager 93 Amoeba |
4049 |
|
|
b W95 FAT32 94 Amoeba BBT |
4050 |
|
|
c W95 FAT32 (LBA) 9f BSD/OS |
4051 |
|
|
e W95 FAT16 (LBA) a0 IBM Thinkpad hibernation |
4052 |
|
|
f W95 Ext'd (LBA) a5 FreeBSD |
4053 |
|
|
10 OPUS a6 OpenBSD |
4054 |
|
|
11 Hidden FAT12 a7 NeXTSTEP |
4055 |
|
|
12 Compaq diagnostics a8 Darwin UFS |
4056 |
|
|
14 Hidden FAT16 <32M a9 NetBSD |
4057 |
|
|
16 Hidden FAT16 ab Darwin boot |
4058 |
|
|
17 Hidden HPFS/NTFS b7 BSDI fs |
4059 |
|
|
18 AST SmartSleep b8 BSDI swap |
4060 |
|
|
1b Hidden W95 FAT32 bb Boot Wizard hidden |
4061 |
|
|
1c Hidden W95 FAT32 (LBA) be Solaris boot |
4062 |
|
|
1e Hidden W95 FAT16 (LBA) bf Solaris |
4063 |
|
|
24 NEC DOS c1 DRDOS/sec (FAT-12) |
4064 |
|
|
39 Plan 9 c4 DRDOS/sec (FAT-16 |
4065 |
|
|
3c PartitionMagic recovery c6 DRDOS/sec (FAT-16) |
4066 |
|
|
40 Venix 80286 c7 Syrinx |
4067 |
|
|
41 PPC PReP Boot da Non-FS data |
4068 |
|
|
42 SFS db CP/M / CTOS / ... |
4069 |
|
|
4d QNX4.x de Dell Utility |
4070 |
|
|
4e QNX4.x 2nd part df BootIt |
4071 |
|
|
4f QNX4.x 3rd part e1 DOS access |
4072 |
|
|
50 OnTrack DM e3 DOS R/O |
4073 |
|
|
51 OnTrack DM6 Aux1 e4 SpeedStor |
4074 |
|
|
52 CP/M eb BeOS fs |
4075 |
|
|
53 OnTrack DM6 Aux3 ee EFI GPT |
4076 |
|
|
54 OnTrackDM6 ef EFI (FAT-12/16/32) |
4077 |
|
|
55 EZ-Drive f0 Linux/PA-RISC boot |
4078 |
|
|
56 Golden Bow f1 SpeedStor |
4079 |
|
|
5c Priam Edisk f4 SpeedStor |
4080 |
|
|
61 SpeedStor f2 DOS secondary |
4081 |
|
|
63 GNU HURD or SysV fd Linux raid autodetect |
4082 |
|
|
64 Novell Netware 286 fe LANstep |
4083 |
|
|
65 Novell Netware 386 ff BBT |
4084 |
|
|
70 DiskSecure Multi-Boot |
4085 |
|
|
75 PC/IX |
4086 |
|
|
|
4087 |
|
|
The partitions you are most likely to see in use, are: |
4088 |
|
|
|
4089 |
|
|
* FAT16 (ID = 6) |
4090 |
|
|
This is the old DOS partition type |
4091 |
|
|
You may still find it in pure DOS installations, like vendor diagnostics |
4092 |
|
|
tool partitions, and small USB sticks (128 - 250 MB) |
4093 |
|
|
|
4094 |
|
|
* HPFS/NTFS (ID = 7) |
4095 |
|
|
This is the Windows XP partition, also known as NTFS |
4096 |
|
|
|
4097 |
|
|
* W95 FAT32 (LBA) (ID = c) |
4098 |
|
|
This is the Windows 95 - 98 partition |
4099 |
|
|
It is used in any kind of disk and large USB devices (1 GB and more) |
4100 |
|
|
|
4101 |
|
|
* W95 Ext'd (LBA) (ID = f) |
4102 |
|
|
Extended partition. It acts as a container for other partitions |
4103 |
|
|
There is one more extended partition type (ID = 5), but it does not seem |
4104 |
|
|
to be in use as much |
4105 |
|
|
|
4106 |
|
|
* Linux swap / Solaris (ID = 82) |
4107 |
|
|
Swap partition, acting as Virtual Memory |
4108 |
|
|
Modern computers with 1 - 2 GB of memory may not use it at all |
4109 |
|
|
|
4110 |
|
|
* Linux (ID = 83) |
4111 |
|
|
Linux partitions, such as ext2, ext3 and reiserfs |
4112 |
|
|
|
4113 |
|
|
Partitioning example |
4114 |
|
|
**************************************** |
4115 |
|
|
This section contains a partitioning example. I simulate the following |
4116 |
|
|
situation in a virtual machine: |
4117 |
|
|
|
4118 |
|
|
I have two partitions in my disk: /dev/sda1 that contains a GNU/Linux |
4119 |
|
|
distribution, and /dev/sda2 that is a swap partition. Here we can see the |
4120 |
|
|
output of fdisk: |
4121 |
|
|
|
4122 |
|
|
root@sysresccd /root % fdisk -l |
4123 |
|
|
|
4124 |
|
|
Disk /dev/sda: 2097 MB, 2097152000 bytes |
4125 |
|
|
64 heads, 63 sectors/track, 1015 cylinders |
4126 |
|
|
Units = cylinders of 4032 * 512 = 2064384 bytes |
4127 |
|
|
Disk identifier: 0x00058a4a |
4128 |
|
|
|
4129 |
|
|
Device Boot Start End Blocks Id System |
4130 |
|
|
/dev/sda1 * 1 812 1636960+ 83 Linux |
4131 |
|
|
/dev/sda2 813 1015 409248 82 Linux swap / Solaris |
4132 |
|
|
|
4133 |
|
|
Now I'm going to install another distribution on the same disk. First of |
4134 |
|
|
all, I need one more partition, because only one distro can be installed on |
4135 |
|
|
one partition. In addition, I want to separate /home to its own partition |
4136 |
|
|
in order to be able to share it between distributions. |
4137 |
|
|
|
4138 |
|
|
Because the whole disk is already allocated, I must shrink at least one |
4139 |
|
|
existing partition in order to create new partitions. I'll shrink both of |
4140 |
|
|
them to half (/dev/sda1 from 1,6 gigabytes to 800 megabytes, and /dev/sda2 |
4141 |
|
|
from 400 MB to 200 MB). In addition, I'll move /dev/sda2 right next to |
4142 |
|
|
/dev/sda1 to keep the partitions in order. |
4143 |
|
|
|
4144 |
|
|
But how many partitions there will be in total? One, two, |
4145 |
|
|
three... four! Phew, I was near to paint myself into a corner. If I created |
4146 |
|
|
only primary partitions, I'd be unable to create any more partitions on |
4147 |
|
|
the disk. Thus, I'll create an extended partition instead and two logical |
4148 |
|
|
partitions within it. Then I'll be able to create more logical partitions |
4149 |
|
|
later if required. |
4150 |
|
|
|
4151 |
|
|
There is one more challenge: moving /home to a separate partition. It's |
4152 |
|
|
very easy to move the folder itself, but the distro in /dev/sda1 will |
4153 |
|
|
surely be confused if it doesn't find /home when it boots next time. Thus, |
4154 |
|
|
I must edit its /etc/fstab and configure it to mount the /home partition |
4155 |
|
|
automatically - before booting the distro itself. |
4156 |
|
|
|
4157 |
|
|
Now there are only two decisions left: the numbers and sizes of the new |
4158 |
|
|
partitions. I decide to install the new distro to /dev/sda5 and move /home |
4159 |
|
|
to /dev/sda6. Let /dev/sda5 be 800 megabytes and /dev/sda6 200 MB in size. |
4160 |
|
|
|
4161 |
|
|
Now it's time to boot into SystemRescueCD. Graphical mode is required |
4162 |
|
|
this time. |
4163 |
|
|
[[ systemrescuecd.png ]] |
4164 |
|
|
I close the terminal and open GParted by clicking the third icon in the |
4165 |
|
|
bottom pane. |
4166 |
|
|
[[ gparted-00.png ]] |
4167 |
|
|
I right-click the partition /dev/sda1 and select Resize/Move. |
4168 |
|
|
[[ gparted-01.png ]] |
4169 |
|
|
I enter 799 MB as the new size, click the Free Space Following (MiB) |
4170 |
|
|
combo box and press Resize/Move. |
4171 |
|
|
[[ gparted-02.png ]] |
4172 |
|
|
I right-click now /dev/sda2 and select Resize/Move. |
4173 |
|
|
[[ gparted-03.png ]] |
4174 |
|
|
I enter 0 MB as preceding free space and 200 MB as partition size, click |
4175 |
|
|
the Free Space Following (MiB) combo box and press Resize/Move. |
4176 |
|
|
[[ gparted-04.png ]] |
4177 |
|
|
I right-click the unallocated area and select New. |
4178 |
|
|
[[ gparted-05.png ]] |
4179 |
|
|
I select Extended Partition as the partition type. The size was already |
4180 |
|
|
998 megabytes (the maximum) and as said, an extended partition doesn't |
4181 |
|
|
contain any filesystem. I click Add. |
4182 |
|
|
[[ gparted-06.png ]] |
4183 |
|
|
I right-click the unallocated area within the extended partition and |
4184 |
|
|
select New. |
4185 |
|
|
[[ gparted-07.png ]] |
4186 |
|
|
I choose the ext4 filesystem and enter 798 MB as the partition size. After |
4187 |
|
|
that, I click first the Free Space Following (MiB) combo box and then Add. |
4188 |
|
|
[[ gparted-08.png ]] |
4189 |
|
|
I right-click the remaining unallocated space and select New one more time. |
4190 |
|
|
[[ gparted-09.png ]] |
4191 |
|
|
I choose the ext4 filesystem again. The partition size setting was already |
4192 |
|
|
201 megabytes (the whole available space), so I just press Add. |
4193 |
|
|
[[ gparted-10.png ]] |
4194 |
|
|
[[ important.png ]] |
4195 |
|
|
The next step is to commit the changes.After that some operations, for |
4196 |
|
|
examplepartition deletion, can no longer be undone. |
4197 |
|
|
|
4198 |
|
|
Finally I commit the changes by pressing the rightmost icon in the main bar. |
4199 |
|
|
[[ gparted-11.png ]] |
4200 |
|
|
After slowly reading the warning, I confirm my decisions by pressing Apply. |
4201 |
|
|
[[ gparted-12.png ]] |
4202 |
|
|
GParted begins to commit the changes... |
4203 |
|
|
[[ gparted-13.png ]] |
4204 |
|
|
...and when everything is done, it shows me this window that I close. |
4205 |
|
|
[[ gparted-14.png ]] |
4206 |
|
|
Then I can see the brand new partitions. |
4207 |
|
|
|
4208 |
|
|
Moving /home |
4209 |
|
|
--------------------- |
4210 |
|
|
I close GParted and launch Terminal by pressing the second icon in the |
4211 |
|
|
bottom pane. |
4212 |
|
|
|
4213 |
|
|
I create directories as mount points: |
4214 |
|
|
|
4215 |
|
|
mkdir /mnt/sda1 |
4216 |
|
|
mkdir /mnt/sda6 |
4217 |
|
|
|
4218 |
|
|
Then I mount the partitions: |
4219 |
|
|
|
4220 |
|
|
mount /dev/sda1 /mnt/sda1 |
4221 |
|
|
mount /dev/sda6 /mnt/sda6 |
4222 |
|
|
|
4223 |
|
|
I move the directory: |
4224 |
|
|
|
4225 |
|
|
mv /mnt/sda1/home/* /mnt/sda6/ |
4226 |
|
|
|
4227 |
|
|
After that, I unmount /dev/sda6, because it no longer needs to be mounted: |
4228 |
|
|
|
4229 |
|
|
sync |
4230 |
|
|
umount /dev/sda6 |
4231 |
|
|
[[ terminal.png ]] |
4232 |
|
|
As you can see, under Linux it's perfectly normal that the terminal doesn't |
4233 |
|
|
answer to the commands. Don't worry - they are really executed. |
4234 |
|
|
|
4235 |
|
|
Now I close Terminal and launch Geany by pressing the fourth icon in the |
4236 |
|
|
bottom pane. |
4237 |
|
|
[[ geany-00.png ]] |
4238 |
|
|
I select File -> Open. |
4239 |
|
|
[[ geany-01.png ]] |
4240 |
|
|
I press File System and navigate to folder /mnt/sda1/etc. |
4241 |
|
|
[[ geany-02.png ]] |
4242 |
|
|
I double-click the file fstab. |
4243 |
|
|
[[ geany-03.png ]] |
4244 |
|
|
I add the following line: |
4245 |
|
|
|
4246 |
|
|
/dev/sda6 /home ext4 defaults 0 2 |
4247 |
|
|
|
4248 |
|
|
Finally, I select File -> Save. |
4249 |
|
|
[[ geany-04.png ]] |
4250 |
|
|
It's a good idea to reboot the computer now and check if the distribution |
4251 |
|
|
in /dev/sda1 still works. Anyway, the disk should now be ready for the |
4252 |
|
|
new distro. |
4253 |
|
|
|
4254 |
|
|
|
4255 |
|
|
|
4256 |
|
|
|
4257 |
|
|
Data Recovery |
4258 |
|
|
============================================================================== |
4259 |
|
|
|
4260 |
|
|
Intro |
4261 |
|
|
**************************************** |
4262 |
|
|
Deleted or "lost" files can be recovered from failed or formatted drives |
4263 |
|
|
and partitions, cdroms and memory cards using the software available in |
4264 |
|
|
SystemRescueCD. |
4265 |
|
|
|
4266 |
|
|
Unless you can rule out hardware failure, you must not write to the failed |
4267 |
|
|
device. The following software will passively try to recover your data |
4268 |
|
|
from failed or failing hardware. If your data is not replaceable, do not |
4269 |
|
|
attempt to write to the failed device if the following applications do |
4270 |
|
|
not work but seek professional advice instead. |
4271 |
|
|
|
4272 |
|
|
If your device is damaged, it is advisable to image the device and work on |
4273 |
|
|
the image file for data recovery. If hardware failure is not the problem, |
4274 |
|
|
you can recover data directly from the device. |
4275 |
|
|
|
4276 |
|
|
To recover data from a failed device, you will need another device of equal |
4277 |
|
|
or greater storage capacity onto which to save your data. If you need to make |
4278 |
|
|
an image of the failed device, you will need yet another quantity of space. |
4279 |
|
|
|
4280 |
|
|
I should state here, that I haven't used any of these tools recently (other |
4281 |
|
|
than plain and simple dd, a long time ago, which I found to be very slow), |
4282 |
|
|
so I couldn't recommend any of them. Any comments on a tool's usability |
4283 |
|
|
found in this page, is just what I found on the Net. |
4284 |
|
|
|
4285 |
|
|
Partition recovery |
4286 |
|
|
**************************************** |
4287 |
|
|
If you made a mistake while partitioning and the partition no longer appears |
4288 |
|
|
in the partition table, so long as you have not written data in that space, |
4289 |
|
|
all your data is still there and can be restored. |
4290 |
|
|
|
4291 |
|
|
When changing the partition table on your hard drive, you must ensure that |
4292 |
|
|
no partition on the disk is mounted. This includes swap space. In order |
4293 |
|
|
to restore your partition, execute: |
4294 |
|
|
|
4295 |
|
|
swapoff -a |
4296 |
|
|
parted /dev/old_disk |
4297 |
|
|
|
4298 |
|
|
Then, use the rescue option: |
4299 |
|
|
|
4300 |
|
|
rescue START END |
4301 |
|
|
|
4302 |
|
|
where START is the area of the disk where you believe the partition began |
4303 |
|
|
and END is it's end. If parted finds a potential partition, it will ask |
4304 |
|
|
you if you want to add it to the partition table. |
4305 |
|
|
|
4306 |
|
|
Note: TestDisk can also be used to recover a "lost" partition. |
4307 |
|
|
|
4308 |
|
|
Disk / files recovery |
4309 |
|
|
**************************************** |
4310 |
|
|
Using dd |
4311 |
|
|
--------------------- |
4312 |
|
|
In order to duplicate a disk to another disk, execute |
4313 |
|
|
|
4314 |
|
|
dd if=/dev/old_disk of=/dev/new_disk conv=noerror,sync |
4315 |
|
|
|
4316 |
|
|
or to create an image file |
4317 |
|
|
|
4318 |
|
|
dd if=/dev/old_disk of=image_file conv=noerror |
4319 |
|
|
|
4320 |
|
|
Be careful, if you are copying a disk, the destination must also be a disk, |
4321 |
|
|
not a partition. If you are copying a partition, the destination partition |
4322 |
|
|
must be large enough. Copying the whole disk is recommended. |
4323 |
|
|
|
4324 |
|
|
To speed up the copy process, you can append bs=8k, it will read/write |
4325 |
|
|
the disk by 16 sectors at a time. |
4326 |
|
|
|
4327 |
|
|
Using dd_rescue |
4328 |
|
|
--------------------- |
4329 |
|
|
Like dd, dd_rescue {{ http://www.garloff.de/kurt/linux/ddrescue/ }} does |
4330 |
|
|
copy data from one file or block device to another. You can specify file |
4331 |
|
|
positions (called seek and skip in dd). There are several differences: |
4332 |
|
|
|
4333 |
|
|
* dd_rescue does not provide character conversions. |
4334 |
|
|
* The command syntax is different. Call dd_rescue -h. |
4335 |
|
|
* dd_rescue does not abort on errors on the input file, unless you specify a |
4336 |
|
|
maximum error number. Then dd_rescue will abort when this number is reached. |
4337 |
|
|
* dd_rescue does not truncate the output file, unless asked to. |
4338 |
|
|
* You can tell dd_rescue to start from the end of a file and move backwards. |
4339 |
|
|
* It uses two block sizes, a large (soft) block size and a small (hard) |
4340 |
|
|
block size. In case of errors, the size falls back to the small one and |
4341 |
|
|
is promoted again after a while without errors. |
4342 |
|
|
* It does not (yet) support non-seekable in- or output. |
4343 |
|
|
|
4344 |
|
|
In order to duplicate a disk to another disk, execute |
4345 |
|
|
|
4346 |
|
|
dd_rescue -A -v /dev/old_disk /dev/new_disk |
4347 |
|
|
|
4348 |
|
|
or to create an image file |
4349 |
|
|
|
4350 |
|
|
dd_rescue -A -v /dev/old_disk image_file |
4351 |
|
|
|
4352 |
|
|
The copying should go very quickly until it hits a bad sector and then it |
4353 |
|
|
will slow down to take smaller chunks of data. People have reported very |
4354 |
|
|
good results with this technique. |
4355 |
|
|
|
4356 |
|
|
Using GNU ddrescue |
4357 |
|
|
--------------------- |
4358 |
|
|
The GNU site describes GNU ddrescue as a data recovery tool, and lists |
4359 |
|
|
these features: |
4360 |
|
|
|
4361 |
|
|
* It copies data from one file or block device (hard disc, CD-ROM, etc) |
4362 |
|
|
to another, trying hard to rescue data in case of read errors. |
4363 |
|
|
* It does not truncate the output file if not asked to, so every time you |
4364 |
|
|
run it on the same output file, it tries to fill in the gaps. |
4365 |
|
|
* It is designed to be fully automatic. |
4366 |
|
|
* If you use the log file feature of GNU ddrescue, the data is rescued very |
4367 |
|
|
efficiently (only the needed blocks are read). Also you can interrupt the |
4368 |
|
|
rescue at any time and resume it later at the same point. |
4369 |
|
|
* The log file is periodically saved to disc. So in case of a crash you |
4370 |
|
|
can resume the rescue with little recopying. |
4371 |
|
|
* If you have two or more damaged copies of a file, CD-ROM, etc, and run |
4372 |
|
|
GNU ddrescue on all of them, one at a time, with the same output file, |
4373 |
|
|
you will probably obtain a complete and error-free file. The probability |
4374 |
|
|
of having damaged areas at the same places on different input files is |
4375 |
|
|
very low. Using the log file, only the needed blocks are read from the |
4376 |
|
|
second and successive copies. |
4377 |
|
|
* The same log file can be used for multiple commands that copy different |
4378 |
|
|
areas of the file, and for multiple recovery attempts over different subsets. |
4379 |
|
|
|
4380 |
|
|
The algorithm of GNU ddrescue is as follows: |
4381 |
|
|
|
4382 |
|
|
* Optionally read a log file describing the status of a multi-part or |
4383 |
|
|
previously interrupted rescue. |
4384 |
|
|
* Read the non-damaged parts of the input file, skipping the damaged areas, |
4385 |
|
|
until the requested size is reached, or until interrupted by the user. |
4386 |
|
|
* Try to read the damaged areas, splitting them into smaller pieces and |
4387 |
|
|
reading the non-damaged pieces, until the hardware block size is reached, |
4388 |
|
|
or until interrupted by the user. |
4389 |
|
|
* Try to read the damaged hardware blocks until the specified number of |
4390 |
|
|
retries is reached, or until interrupted by the user. |
4391 |
|
|
* Optionally write a log file for later use. |
4392 |
|
|
|
4393 |
|
|
Note: GNU ddrescue is considered to be the best recovery tool available. |
4394 |
|
|
|
4395 |
|
|
In order to duplicate a disk to another disk, execute |
4396 |
|
|
|
4397 |
|
|
ddrescue -vr3 /dev/old_disk /dev/new_disk logfile |
4398 |
|
|
|
4399 |
|
|
or to create an image file |
4400 |
|
|
|
4401 |
|
|
ddrescue -vr3 /dev/old_disk image_file logfile |
4402 |
|
|
|
4403 |
|
|
If the disk is failing fast and you want to get the most data out of it |
4404 |
|
|
on the first try, you should probably use "-n" on the first run. This |
4405 |
|
|
will avoid splitting error areas. Subsequent runs can use "-r1" or "-r3", |
4406 |
|
|
without "-n", to retry those error areas. |
4407 |
|
|
|
4408 |
|
|
To summarise, we execute: |
4409 |
|
|
|
4410 |
|
|
ddrescue -vn /dev/old_disk image_file logfile |
4411 |
|
|
ddrescue -v -r3 -C /dev/old_disk image_file logfile |
4412 |
|
|
|
4413 |
|
|
Note: When working with CD-ROMs you should probably specific "-b 2048" |
4414 |
|
|
|
4415 |
|
|
Using Foremost |
4416 |
|
|
--------------------- |
4417 |
|
|
Foremost {{ http://foremost.sourceforge.net/ }} is a console program |
4418 |
|
|
to recover files based on their headers, footers, and internal data |
4419 |
|
|
structures. This process is commonly referred to as data carving. Foremost |
4420 |
|
|
can work on image files, such as those generated by dd, Safeback, Encase, |
4421 |
|
|
etc, or directly on a drive. The headers and footers can be specified |
4422 |
|
|
by a configuration file or you can use command line switches to specify |
4423 |
|
|
built-in file types. These built-in types look at the data structures of |
4424 |
|
|
a given file format allowing for a more reliable and faster recovery. |
4425 |
|
|
|
4426 |
|
|
It can be run on an image file created with any of the above tools, to |
4427 |
|
|
extract files: |
4428 |
|
|
|
4429 |
|
|
foremost -i image -o /recovery/foremost |
4430 |
|
|
|
4431 |
|
|
Foremost can be instructed to recover only specific file types, using the |
4432 |
|
|
-t command line parameter. In the following example Foremost will extract |
4433 |
|
|
only jpg files: |
4434 |
|
|
|
4435 |
|
|
foremost -t jpg -i image -o /recovery/foremost |
4436 |
|
|
|
4437 |
|
|
Available types are: jpg, gif, png, bmp, avi, exe (Windows binaries and |
4438 |
|
|
DLLs), wav, riff, wmv (will extract wma also), mov, pdf, ole (will extract |
4439 |
|
|
any file using the OLE file structure; this includes PowerPoint, Word, |
4440 |
|
|
Excel, Access, and StarWriter), doc, zip (will extract .jar files and Open |
4441 |
|
|
Office docs as well; this includes SXW, SXC, SXI, and SX? for undetermined |
4442 |
|
|
OpenOffice files), rar, html and cpp. |
4443 |
|
|
|
4444 |
|
|
Using TestDisk |
4445 |
|
|
--------------------- |
4446 |
|
|
TestDisk {{ http://www.cgsecurity.org/wiki/TestDisk }} was primarily |
4447 |
|
|
designed to help recover "lost" partitions and/or make non-booting disks |
4448 |
|
|
bootable again when these symptoms are caused by faulty software, certain |
4449 |
|
|
types of viruses or human error (such as accidentally deleting a Partition |
4450 |
|
|
Table). Partition table recovery using TestDisk is really easy. |
4451 |
|
|
|
4452 |
|
|
TestDisk can |
4453 |
|
|
|
4454 |
|
|
* Fix partition table, recover deleted partition |
4455 |
|
|
* Recover FAT32 boot sector from its backup |
4456 |
|
|
* Rebuild FAT12/FAT16/FAT32 boot sector |
4457 |
|
|
* Fix FAT tables |
4458 |
|
|
* Rebuild NTFS boot sector |
4459 |
|
|
* Recover NTFS boot sector from its backup |
4460 |
|
|
* Fix MFT using MFT mirror |
4461 |
|
|
* Locate ext2/ext3 Backup SuperBlock |
4462 |
|
|
|
4463 |
|
|
Some great tutorials are available at TestDisk's site: "TestDisk Step |
4464 |
|
|
By Step {{ http://www.cgsecurity.org/wiki/TestDisk_Step_By_Step }}", |
4465 |
|
|
"Running TestDisk", "Data Recovery Examples" etc. |
4466 |
|
|
|
4467 |
|
|
Using PhotoRec |
4468 |
|
|
--------------------- |
4469 |
|
|
PhotoRec {{ http://www.cgsecurity.org/wiki/PhotoRec }} is file data recovery |
4470 |
|
|
software designed to recover "lost" files including video, documents |
4471 |
|
|
and archives from Hard Disks and CDRom and "lost" pictures (thus, its |
4472 |
|
|
'Photo Recovery' name) from digital camera memory. PhotoRec ignores the |
4473 |
|
|
filesystem and goes after the underlying data, so it will still work even |
4474 |
|
|
if your media's filesystem has been severely damaged or re-formatted. |
4475 |
|
|
|
4476 |
|
|
For more safety, PhotoRec uses read-only access to handle the drive or |
4477 |
|
|
memory support you are about to recover "lost" data from. |
4478 |
|
|
|
4479 |
|
|
Important: As soon as a pic or file is accidentally deleted, or you discover |
4480 |
|
|
any missing, do NOT save any more pics or files to that memory device or |
4481 |
|
|
hard disk drive; otherwise you may overwrite your "lost" data. This means |
4482 |
|
|
that even using PhotoRec, you must not choose to write the recovered files |
4483 |
|
|
to the same partition they were stored on. |
4484 |
|
|
|
4485 |
|
|
A great tutorial titled "PhotoRec Step By Step {{ |
4486 |
|
|
http://www.cgsecurity.org/wiki/PhotoRec_Step_By_Step }}" can be found at |
4487 |
|
|
PhotoRec's site. |
4488 |
|
|
|
4489 |
|
|
Links & resources |
4490 |
|
|
**************************************** |
4491 |
|
|
This page is a compilation of the following pages: |
4492 |
|
|
|
4493 |
|
|
DataRecovery |
4494 |
|
|
https://help.ubuntu.com/community/DataRecovery |
4495 |
|
|
|
4496 |
|
|
Hard Drive Recovery, Ubuntu-Style |
4497 |
|
|
http://blogs.sun.com/superpat/tags/ddrescue |
4498 |
|
|
|
4499 |
|
|
Recover Data and (deleted) Partition with Linux from Hard Drives, CD-ROMs |
4500 |
|
|
or DVDs |
4501 |
|
|
http://sysblogd.wordpress.com/2008/01/05/data-recovery-with-linux-from-hard-drives-cd-roms-or-dvds/ |
4502 |
|
|
|
4503 |
|
|
dd_rescue |
4504 |
|
|
http://www.garloff.de/kurt/linux/ddrescue/ |
4505 |
|
|
|
4506 |
|
|
gddrescue: a tool for recovering data from damaged media |
4507 |
|
|
http://debaday.debian.net/2007/12/12/gddrescue-a-tool-for-recovering-data-from-damaged-media/ |
4508 |
|
|
|
4509 |
|
|
Foremost |
4510 |
|
|
http://foremost.sourceforge.net/ |
4511 |
|
|
|
4512 |
|
|
TestDisk |
4513 |
|
|
http://www.cgsecurity.org/wiki/TestDisk |
4514 |
|
|
|
4515 |
|
|
PhotoRec |
4516 |
|
|
http://www.cgsecurity.org/wiki/PhotoRec |
4517 |
|
|
|
4518 |
|
|
|
4519 |
|
|
|
4520 |
|
|
|
4521 |
|
|
Clonezilla-SysRescCD own scripts |
4522 |
|
|
============================================================================== |
4523 |
|
|
|
4524 |
|
|
Intro |
4525 |
|
|
**************************************** |
4526 |
|
|
In this page I will present the scripts I have ever written for |
4527 |
|
|
Clonezilla-SysRescCD |
4528 |
|
|
|
4529 |
|
|
what-cd |
4530 |
|
|
**************************************** |
4531 |
|
|
Included in: SystemRescueCD |
4532 |
|
|
|
4533 |
|
|
This script determines the device names for your CDs/DVDs, and whether |
4534 |
|
|
they can read/write CD/DVD-ROMs |
4535 |
|
|
|
4536 |
|
|
Its help screen is the following: |
4537 |
|
|
|
4538 |
|
|
# what-cd -h |
4539 |
|
|
what-cd - v 1.0.0 - S. Georgaras <sng@hellug.gr> |
4540 |
|
|
|
4541 |
|
|
what-cd will try to identify your CD/DVDs |
4542 |
|
|
You can use it to identify the device name of your CD-Reader (default), |
4543 |
|
|
CD-Writer, DVD-Reader, and DVD-Writer. |
4544 |
|
|
|
4545 |
|
|
Usage: what-cd [options] |
4546 |
|
|
Availabe options are: |
4547 |
|
|
d Print info about DVDs |
4548 |
|
|
w Print info about writers |
4549 |
|
|
b Batch mode. Only print one device name. |
4550 |
|
|
If more than one device is found, print |
4551 |
|
|
nothing. For use with scripts |
4552 |
|
|
e deviceID Eject device deviceID |
4553 |
|
|
Accecpable values: -1...num of devices |
4554 |
|
|
Use -1 when in batch mode |
4555 |
|
|
v Print version info and exit |
4556 |
|
|
h Print this screen and exit |
4557 |
|
|
|
4558 |
|
|
Its typical usage would be to identify the DVD writer: |
4559 |
|
|
|
4560 |
|
|
# what-cd -dw |
4561 |
|
|
Device /dev/hdd (id=0) can not write DVDs |
4562 |
|
|
Device /dev/hdc (id=1) can write DVDs |
4563 |
|
|
|
4564 |
|
|
When used in batch mode, it will only print a device name. This is |
4565 |
|
|
especially useful in scripts, but also in the command line, as shown in |
4566 |
|
|
section "Burning the DVD". |
4567 |
|
|
|
4568 |
|
|
# what-cd -dwb |
4569 |
|
|
/dev/hdc |
4570 |
|
|
|
4571 |
|
|
continue-multi-cd |
4572 |
|
|
**************************************** |
4573 |
|
|
Included in: SystemRescueCD |
4574 |
|
|
|
4575 |
|
|
continue-multi-cd helps you append data to a multi session CD; that is |
4576 |
|
|
it helps you prepare and burn any consecutive sessions to it. It may lack |
4577 |
|
|
some of the functionality you would have had if you used the command line |
4578 |
|
|
tools themselves (mksiofs and cdrecord), but because of it, it keeps you |
4579 |
|
|
away from writing a lot of parameters. |
4580 |
|
|
|
4581 |
|
|
You could use it for example, to burn some extra documentation to |
4582 |
|
|
Clonezilla-SysRescCD CD, but you cannot use it to change the configuration |
4583 |
|
|
files of isolinux, as it just reads the first session when booting. |
4584 |
|
|
|
4585 |
|
|
Its help screen is the following: |
4586 |
|
|
|
4587 |
|
|
# continue-multi-cd -h |
4588 |
|
|
continue-multi-cd - v 2.0.0 - S. Georgaras <sng@hellug.gr> |
4589 |
|
|
|
4590 |
|
|
Usage: continue-multi-cd [options] <path to be added to CD> |
4591 |
|
|
|
4592 |
|
|
Available options are: |
4593 |
|
|
d Specify write device (in case auto detection does |
4594 |
|
|
not work) |
4595 |
|
|
c Close the CD. No more burning will be possible |
4596 |
|
|
Default is to leave it open |
4597 |
|
|
l Don't burn the CD after image creation |
4598 |
|
|
o <image name> Save the image file as <image name> |
4599 |
|
|
r Remove the image file after burning |
4600 |
|
|
f On the fly burning of the CD. No image file will |
4601 |
|
|
be created |
4602 |
|
|
v Print version info and exit |
4603 |
|
|
h Print this screen and exit |
4604 |
|
|
|
4605 |
|
|
You have to note one thing though: the folder <path to be added to CD> |
4606 |
|
|
will not be present on the CD; only its contents will. |
4607 |
|
|
|
4608 |
|
|
Let's suppose that you want to add to the CD the folder extra-doc, |
4609 |
|
|
which contains q-a.html and faq.html, and that its full path is |
4610 |
|
|
/home/user/extra-doc. If you issue the command |
4611 |
|
|
|
4612 |
|
|
continue-multi-cd -mwr /home/user/extra-doc |
4613 |
|
|
|
4614 |
|
|
you will not have a extra-doc folder on the root of your CD, but the files |
4615 |
|
|
q-a.html and faq.html will be present there. |
4616 |
|
|
|
4617 |
|
|
In order to have extra-doc on the CD, you have to copy it to a temporary |
4618 |
|
|
location and pass that path to continue-multi-cd. Let's see how it's done: |
4619 |
|
|
|
4620 |
|
|
mkdir -p /tmp/for-the-cd |
4621 |
|
|
cp -r /home/user/extra-doc /tmp/for-the-cd |
4622 |
|
|
continue-multi-cd -r /tmp/for-the-cd |
4623 |
|
|
rm -rf /tmp/for-the-cd |
4624 |
|
|
|
4625 |
|
|
|
4626 |
|
|
|
4627 |
|
|
|
4628 |
|
|
Identifying devices in Linux |
4629 |
|
|
============================================================================== |
4630 |
|
|
|
4631 |
|
|
Intro |
4632 |
|
|
**************************************** |
4633 |
|
|
This page is intended to help new Linux users and Windows users identify |
4634 |
|
|
their hard disks / CD ROMs in a Linux box. |
4635 |
|
|
|
4636 |
|
|
Linux disks and partition names may be different from other operating |
4637 |
|
|
systems. You need to know the names that Linux uses when you format, |
4638 |
|
|
mount or select partitions or disks. |
4639 |
|
|
|
4640 |
|
|
Linux uses the so called device name to access disks and partitions. You |
4641 |
|
|
can think of it as a link to the actual driver of the disk. All available |
4642 |
|
|
devices have a corresponding file in /dev (e.g. /dev/hda1). |
4643 |
|
|
|
4644 |
|
|
In general, each disk / CD-ROM has a three letter name, for example hda. Each |
4645 |
|
|
partition in such a disk has a number associated with it, starting from 1. So |
4646 |
|
|
the first partition of disk hda would be hda1, the second hda2 and so on. |
4647 |
|
|
|
4648 |
|
|
Depending on the device type, Linux gives the following names to devices: |
4649 |
|
|
|
4650 |
|
|
* IDE (ATA) floppies |
4651 |
|
|
The first floppy drive is named /dev/fd0. |
4652 |
|
|
The second floppy drive is named /dev/fd1. |
4653 |
|
|
|
4654 |
|
|
* IDE (ATA) disks /CD-ROMs |
4655 |
|
|
The master disk on IDE primary controller is named /dev/hda. |
4656 |
|
|
The slave disk on IDE primary controller is named /dev/hdb. |
4657 |
|
|
The master and slave disks of the secondary controller can be called |
4658 |
|
|
/dev/hdc and /dev/hdd, respectively. |
4659 |
|
|
|
4660 |
|
|
Linux represents the primary partitions as the drive name, plus the numbers |
4661 |
|
|
1 through 4. For example, the first primary partition on the first IDE |
4662 |
|
|
drive is /dev/hda1. The logical partitions are numbered starting at 5, |
4663 |
|
|
so the first logical partition on that same drive is /dev/hda5. Remember |
4664 |
|
|
that the extended partition, that is, the primary partition holding the |
4665 |
|
|
logical partitions, is not usable by itself. This applies to SCSI disks |
4666 |
|
|
as well as IDE disks. |
4667 |
|
|
|
4668 |
|
|
* SCSI disks |
4669 |
|
|
The first SCSI disk (SCSI ID address-wise) is named /dev/sda. |
4670 |
|
|
The second SCSI disk (address-wise) is named /dev/sdb, and so on. |
4671 |
|
|
|
4672 |
|
|
* SCSI CD-ROMs |
4673 |
|
|
The first SCSI CD-ROM is named /dev/scd0, also known as /dev/sr0. |
4674 |
|
|
The second SCSI CD-ROM is named /dev/scd1, also known as /dev/sr1, and so on. |
4675 |
|
|
|
4676 |
|
|
* USB disks |
4677 |
|
|
They are named just like SCSI disks. The only difference is that the |
4678 |
|
|
partition number has to do with the file system on the disk. If it's |
4679 |
|
|
/dev/sdx4, then it's a VFAT file system and if it's /dev/sdx1 it's probably |
4680 |
|
|
a linux (ext2, ext3) file system. |
4681 |
|
|
|
4682 |
|
|
Examples |
4683 |
|
|
**************************************** |
4684 |
|
|
In order to identify the disks of a system you have to work with, a basic |
4685 |
|
|
knowledge of its configuration (how many disks it has, whether it's a |
4686 |
|
|
dual-boot system etc.) is welcomed but not required. A more experienced |
4687 |
|
|
user will not have to worry about it, though. |
4688 |
|
|
|
4689 |
|
|
Linux systems based on a 2.6.x kernel (like Clonezilla Live and |
4690 |
|
|
SystemRescueCD) provide all the necessary support to identify a system's |
4691 |
|
|
disk configuration, with just a couple of commands. |
4692 |
|
|
|
4693 |
|
|
Example 1 |
4694 |
|
|
--------------------- |
4695 |
|
|
The first system I have to work with is a dual-boot system (Windows - |
4696 |
|
|
Linux), with two disks and two DVD-ROMs. |
4697 |
|
|
|
4698 |
|
|
The first command will tell me what disks and partitions exist in the |
4699 |
|
|
system. So here it is: |
4700 |
|
|
|
4701 |
|
|
# cat /proc/partitions |
4702 |
|
|
major minor #blocks name |
4703 |
|
|
|
4704 |
|
|
3 0 312571224 hda |
4705 |
|
|
3 1 23446836 hda1 |
4706 |
|
|
3 2 40957717 hda2 |
4707 |
|
|
3 3 245240257 hda3 |
4708 |
|
|
3 4 2923830 hda4 |
4709 |
|
|
3 64 244198584 hdb |
4710 |
|
|
3 65 41945683 hdb1 |
4711 |
|
|
3 66 2104515 hdb2 |
4712 |
|
|
3 67 1 hdb3 |
4713 |
|
|
3 68 125909437 hdb4 |
4714 |
|
|
3 69 74236333 hdb5 |
4715 |
|
|
|
4716 |
|
|
The output of this command tells me that the system has two disks (hda |
4717 |
|
|
and hdb) which are the primary master and slave devices. |
4718 |
|
|
|
4719 |
|
|
The first disk contains four primary partitions (hda1-hda4) and the second |
4720 |
|
|
one four primary partitions (hdb1-hdb4) and a logical one (hdb5). Wait a |
4721 |
|
|
minute!!! this can't be right... In order to have a logical partition, I |
4722 |
|
|
must have a primary that contains it, which means that in this case I can't |
4723 |
|
|
have four primary partitions. So what is really happening here is that I have |
4724 |
|
|
two primary and two logical, plus an extended primary which contains them. |
4725 |
|
|
|
4726 |
|
|
What remains to be found is what type of partitions they are. I will find |
4727 |
|
|
that out by executing the following commands: |
4728 |
|
|
|
4729 |
|
|
# fdisk -l /dev/hda |
4730 |
|
|
|
4731 |
|
|
Disk /dev/hda: 320.0 GB, 320072933376 bytes |
4732 |
|
|
255 heads, 63 sectors/track, 38913 cylinders |
4733 |
|
|
Units = cylinders of 16065 * 512 = 8225280 bytes |
4734 |
|
|
|
4735 |
|
|
Device Boot Start End Blocks Id System |
4736 |
|
|
/dev/hda1 * 1 2919 23446836 7 HPFS/NTFS |
4737 |
|
|
/dev/hda2 2920 8018 40957717+ 7 HPFS/NTFS |
4738 |
|
|
/dev/hda3 8019 38549 245240257+ 7 HPFS/NTFS |
4739 |
|
|
/dev/hda4 38550 38913 2923830 82 Linux swap / Solaris |
4740 |
|
|
|
4741 |
|
|
# fdisk -l /dev/hdb |
4742 |
|
|
|
4743 |
|
|
Disk /dev/hdb: 250.0 GB, 250059350016 bytes |
4744 |
|
|
255 heads, 63 sectors/track, 30401 cylinders |
4745 |
|
|
Units = cylinders of 16065 * 512 = 8225280 bytes |
4746 |
|
|
|
4747 |
|
|
Device Boot Start End Blocks Id System |
4748 |
|
|
/dev/hdb1 * 1 5222 41945683+ 83 Linux |
4749 |
|
|
/dev/hdb2 5223 5484 2104515 82 Linux swap / Solaris |
4750 |
|
|
/dev/hdb3 5485 14726 74236365 f W95 Ext'd (LBA) |
4751 |
|
|
/dev/hdb4 14727 30401 125909437+ 83 Linux |
4752 |
|
|
/dev/hdb5 5485 14726 74236333+ 83 Linux |
4753 |
|
|
|
4754 |
|
|
Ok, this clears things up. The first disk contains three Windows XP |
4755 |
|
|
partitions (NTFS) and a Linux Swap partition. In fact, /dev/hda1 is the |
4756 |
|
|
system "disk" for Windows, since Windows will always be installed in the |
4757 |
|
|
first partition of the primary master disk. |
4758 |
|
|
|
4759 |
|
|
The second disk, on the other hand, contains a Linux partition (/dev/hdb1), |
4760 |
|
|
a Linux Swap partition /dev/hdb2, and an extended partition /dev/hdb3 |
4761 |
|
|
which contains two more Linux partitions (/dev/hdb4 and /dev/hdb5). |
4762 |
|
|
|
4763 |
|
|
The final thing we need to know about this system is what CD/DVD-ROMs it |
4764 |
|
|
has. So I execute the command: |
4765 |
|
|
|
4766 |
|
|
# cat /proc/sys/dev/cdrom/info |
4767 |
|
|
CD-ROM information, Id: cdrom.c 3.20 2003/12/17 |
4768 |
|
|
|
4769 |
|
|
drive name: hdd hdc |
4770 |
|
|
drive speed: 0 126 |
4771 |
|
|
drive # of slots: 1 1 |
4772 |
|
|
Can close tray: 1 1 |
4773 |
|
|
Can open tray: 1 1 |
4774 |
|
|
Can lock tray: 1 1 |
4775 |
|
|
Can change speed: 1 1 |
4776 |
|
|
Can select disk: 0 0 |
4777 |
|
|
Can read multisession: 1 1 |
4778 |
|
|
Can read MCN: 1 1 |
4779 |
|
|
Reports media changed: 1 1 |
4780 |
|
|
Can play audio: 1 1 |
4781 |
|
|
Can write CD-R: 0 1 |
4782 |
|
|
Can write CD-RW: 0 1 |
4783 |
|
|
Can read DVD: 1 1 |
4784 |
|
|
Can write DVD-R: 0 1 |
4785 |
|
|
Can write DVD-RAM: 0 1 |
4786 |
|
|
Can read MRW: 1 0 |
4787 |
|
|
Can write MRW: 1 0 |
4788 |
|
|
Can write RAM: 0 1 |
4789 |
|
|
|
4790 |
|
|
The system has two DVD-ROMs, hdc which is the secondary master and is a |
4791 |
|
|
DVD writer, and hdd which is the secondary slave and is a DVD reader. |
4792 |
|
|
|
4793 |
|
|
At this point I will connect my USB stick, wait for a while and execute |
4794 |
|
|
the command: |
4795 |
|
|
|
4796 |
|
|
# cat /proc/partitions |
4797 |
|
|
major minor #blocks name |
4798 |
|
|
|
4799 |
|
|
3 0 312571224 hda |
4800 |
|
|
3 1 23446836 hda1 |
4801 |
|
|
3 2 40957717 hda2 |
4802 |
|
|
3 3 245240257 hda3 |
4803 |
|
|
3 4 2923830 hda4 |
4804 |
|
|
3 64 244198584 hdb |
4805 |
|
|
3 65 41945683 hdb1 |
4806 |
|
|
3 66 2104515 hdb2 |
4807 |
|
|
3 67 1 hdb3 |
4808 |
|
|
3 68 125909437 hdb4 |
4809 |
|
|
3 69 74236333 hdb5 |
4810 |
|
|
8 0 1007615 sda |
4811 |
|
|
8 4 1006576 sda4 |
4812 |
|
|
|
4813 |
|
|
As you can see, we have two more lines here, that reflect the changes to |
4814 |
|
|
our system (the connection of the USB device). So my USB stick is recognized |
4815 |
|
|
by the system as sda, and the disk itself contains a VFAT file system. |
4816 |
|
|
|
4817 |
|
|
Example 2 |
4818 |
|
|
--------------------- |
4819 |
|
|
The second system is a Linux box with one SCSI disk and a CD-ROM. Again |
4820 |
|
|
I issue the command: |
4821 |
|
|
|
4822 |
|
|
# cat /proc/partitions |
4823 |
|
|
major minor #blocks name |
4824 |
|
|
|
4825 |
|
|
8 0 156290904 sda |
4826 |
|
|
8 1 64228 sda1 |
4827 |
|
|
8 2 15735667 sda2 |
4828 |
|
|
8 3 15735667 sda3 |
4829 |
|
|
8 4 124744725 sda4 |
4830 |
|
|
|
4831 |
|
|
From its output I see I only have one disk sda, which contains four |
4832 |
|
|
partitions. |
4833 |
|
|
|
4834 |
|
|
Then I execute fdisk, which shows me that the disk contains one DOS and |
4835 |
|
|
three Linux partitions. |
4836 |
|
|
|
4837 |
|
|
# fdisk -l /dev/sda |
4838 |
|
|
Disk /dev/sda: 160.0 GB, 160041885696 bytes |
4839 |
|
|
255 heads, 63 sectors/track, 19457 cylinders |
4840 |
|
|
Units = cylinders of 16065 * 512 = 8225280 bytes |
4841 |
|
|
|
4842 |
|
|
Device Boot Start End Blocks Id System |
4843 |
|
|
/dev/sda1 1 8 64228+ 6 FAT16 |
4844 |
|
|
/dev/sda2 9 1967 15735667+ 83 Linux |
4845 |
|
|
/dev/sda3 1968 3926 15735667+ 83 Linux |
4846 |
|
|
/dev/sda4 3927 19456 124744725 83 Linux |
4847 |
|
|
|
4848 |
|
|
Finally I query its CD-ROMs, by executing the command: |
4849 |
|
|
|
4850 |
|
|
# cat /proc/sys/dev/cdrom/info |
4851 |
|
|
CD-ROM information, Id: cdrom.c 3.20 2003/12/17 |
4852 |
|
|
|
4853 |
|
|
drive name: hda |
4854 |
|
|
drive speed: 0 |
4855 |
|
|
drive # of slots: 1 |
4856 |
|
|
Can close tray: 1 |
4857 |
|
|
Can open tray: 1 |
4858 |
|
|
Can lock tray: 1 |
4859 |
|
|
Can change speed: 1 |
4860 |
|
|
Can select disk: 0 |
4861 |
|
|
Can read multisession: 1 |
4862 |
|
|
Can read MCN: 1 |
4863 |
|
|
Reports media changed: 1 |
4864 |
|
|
Can play audio: 1 |
4865 |
|
|
Can write CD-R: 1 |
4866 |
|
|
Can write CD-RW: 1 |
4867 |
|
|
Can read DVD: 1 |
4868 |
|
|
Can write DVD-R: 0 |
4869 |
|
|
Can write DVD-RAM: 0 |
4870 |
|
|
Can read MRW: 1 |
4871 |
|
|
Can write MRW: 1 |
4872 |
|
|
Can write RAM: 0 |
4873 |
|
|
|
4874 |
|
|
Which tells me that I only have an IDE CD-ROM, (hda), which is actually |
4875 |
|
|
a CD writer. |
4876 |
|
|
|
4877 |
|
|
Then I connect my USB stick, and I get: |
4878 |
|
|
|
4879 |
|
|
# cat /proc/partitions |
4880 |
|
|
major minor #blocks name |
4881 |
|
|
|
4882 |
|
|
8 0 156290904 sda |
4883 |
|
|
8 1 64228 sda1 |
4884 |
|
|
8 2 15735667 sda2 |
4885 |
|
|
8 3 15735667 sda3 |
4886 |
|
|
8 4 124744725 sda4 |
4887 |
|
|
8 16 1007615 sdb |
4888 |
|
|
8 20 1006576 sdb4 |
4889 |
|
|
|
4890 |
|
|
Although it's the same stick I used with the previous system, which was |
4891 |
|
|
recognized as sda there, now its name is sdb. So, its name depends on the |
4892 |
|
|
system it is connected to, and will not always be the same. |
4893 |
|
|
|
4894 |
|
|
SCSI disks when there are none!!! |
4895 |
|
|
**************************************** |
4896 |
|
|
I am confused!!! I am on a disk with two ATA (PATA) disks, but when I |
4897 |
|
|
query the partition list, this is what I get: |
4898 |
|
|
|
4899 |
|
|
# cat /proc/partitions |
4900 |
|
|
major minor #blocks name |
4901 |
|
|
|
4902 |
|
|
3 0 312571224 sda |
4903 |
|
|
3 1 23446836 sda1 |
4904 |
|
|
3 2 40957717 sda2 |
4905 |
|
|
3 3 245240257 sda3 |
4906 |
|
|
3 4 2923830 sda4 |
4907 |
|
|
3 64 244198584 sdb |
4908 |
|
|
3 65 41945683 sdb1 |
4909 |
|
|
3 66 2104515 sdb2 |
4910 |
|
|
3 67 1 sdb3 |
4911 |
|
|
3 68 125909437 sdb4 |
4912 |
|
|
3 69 74236333 sdb5 |
4913 |
|
|
|
4914 |
|
|
According to what's discussed up to now, the system seems to have two SCSI |
4915 |
|
|
disks, but I know it actually has two ATA (PATA) disks. What's going on?. |
4916 |
|
|
|
4917 |
|
|
What is really happening here is that you have one of the newest Linux |
4918 |
|
|
kernels (using the libata disk driver), which shows ALL disks as SCSI. That |
4919 |
|
|
does not mean that the system thinks it has SCSI disks, it just names them |
4920 |
|
|
as such. |
4921 |
|
|
|
4922 |
|
|
To make is clear, execute the commands: |
4923 |
|
|
|
4924 |
|
|
# hdparm -i /dev/sda |
4925 |
|
|
|
4926 |
|
|
/dev/sda: |
4927 |
|
|
|
4928 |
|
|
Model=WDC WD3200AAJB-00TYA0, FwRev=00.02C01, SerialNo= WD-WCAPZ0648927 |
4929 |
|
|
Config={ HardSect NotMFM HdSw>15uSec SpinMotCtl Fixed DTR>5Mbs FmtGapReq } |
4930 |
|
|
RawCHS=16383/16/63, TrkSize=0, SectSize=0, ECCbytes=50 |
4931 |
|
|
BuffType=unknown, BuffSize=8192kB, MaxMultSect=16, MultSect=?16? |
4932 |
|
|
CurCHS=16383/16/63, CurSects=16514064, LBA=yes, LBAsects=268435455 |
4933 |
|
|
IORDY=on/off, tPIO={min:120,w/IORDY:120}, tDMA={min:120,rec:120} |
4934 |
|
|
PIO modes: pio0 pio3 pio4 |
4935 |
|
|
DMA modes: mdma0 mdma1 mdma2 |
4936 |
|
|
UDMA modes: udma0 udma1 udma2 udma3 udma4 *udma5 |
4937 |
|
|
AdvancedPM=no WriteCache=enabled |
4938 |
|
|
Drive conforms to: Unspecified: ATA/ATAPI-1,2,3,4,5,6,7 |
4939 |
|
|
|
4940 |
|
|
* signifies the current active mode |
4941 |
|
|
|
4942 |
|
|
# hdparm -i /dev/sdb |
4943 |
|
|
|
4944 |
|
|
/dev/sdb: |
4945 |
|
|
|
4946 |
|
|
Model=WDC WD2500JB-00GVC0, FwRev=08.02D08, SerialNo= WD-WCAL76141931 |
4947 |
|
|
Config={ HardSect NotMFM HdSw>15uSec SpinMotCtl Fixed DTR>5Mbs FmtGapReq } |
4948 |
|
|
RawCHS=16383/16/63, TrkSize=57600, SectSize=600, ECCbytes=74 |
4949 |
|
|
BuffType=DualPortCache, BuffSize=8192kB, MaxMultSect=16, MultSect=?16? |
4950 |
|
|
CurCHS=16383/16/63, CurSects=16514064, LBA=yes, LBAsects=268435455 |
4951 |
|
|
IORDY=on/off, tPIO={min:120,w/IORDY:120}, tDMA={min:120,rec:120} |
4952 |
|
|
PIO modes: pio0 pio1 pio2 pio3 pio4 |
4953 |
|
|
DMA modes: mdma0 mdma1 mdma2 |
4954 |
|
|
UDMA modes: udma0 udma1 udma2 udma3 udma4 *udma5 |
4955 |
|
|
AdvancedPM=no WriteCache=enabled |
4956 |
|
|
Drive conforms to: Unspecified: ATA/ATAPI-1,2,3,4,5,6 |
4957 |
|
|
|
4958 |
|
|
* signifies the current active mode |
4959 |
|
|
|
4960 |
|
|
This is also valid for the CDs/DVDs of the system: |
4961 |
|
|
|
4962 |
|
|
# cat /proc/sys/dev/cdrom/info |
4963 |
|
|
CD-ROM information, Id: cdrom.c 3.20 2003/12/17 |
4964 |
|
|
|
4965 |
|
|
drive name: sr1 sr0 |
4966 |
|
|
drive speed: 0 126 |
4967 |
|
|
drive # of slots: 1 1 |
4968 |
|
|
Can close tray: 1 1 |
4969 |
|
|
Can open tray: 1 1 |
4970 |
|
|
Can lock tray: 1 1 |
4971 |
|
|
Can change speed: 1 1 |
4972 |
|
|
Can select disk: 0 0 |
4973 |
|
|
Can read multisession: 1 1 |
4974 |
|
|
Can read MCN: 1 1 |
4975 |
|
|
Reports media changed: 1 1 |
4976 |
|
|
Can play audio: 1 1 |
4977 |
|
|
Can write CD-R: 0 1 |
4978 |
|
|
Can write CD-RW: 0 1 |
4979 |
|
|
Can read DVD: 1 1 |
4980 |
|
|
Can write DVD-R: 0 1 |
4981 |
|
|
Can write DVD-RAM: 0 1 |
4982 |
|
|
Can read MRW: 1 0 |
4983 |
|
|
Can write MRW: 1 0 |
4984 |
|
|
Can write RAM: 0 1 |
4985 |
|
|
|
4986 |
|
|
While the hdparm shows they are ATA devices: |
4987 |
|
|
|
4988 |
|
|
# hdparm -i /dev/sr0 |
4989 |
|
|
|
4990 |
|
|
/dev/sr0: |
4991 |
|
|
|
4992 |
|
|
Model=HL-DT-ST DVDRAM GSA-H42L, FwRev=SL01 , SerialNo=K286CQF2231 |
4993 |
|
|
Config={ Fixed Removeable DTR10Mbs nonMagnetic } |
4994 |
|
|
RawCHS=0/0/0, TrkSize=0, SectSize=0, ECCbytes=0 |
4995 |
|
|
BuffType=unknown, BuffSize=0kB, MaxMultSect=0 |
4996 |
|
|
(maybe): CurCHS=0/0/0, CurSects=0, LBA=yes, LBAsects=0 |
4997 |
|
|
IORDY=on/off, tPIO={min:120,w/IORDY:120}, tDMA={min:120,rec:120} |
4998 |
|
|
PIO modes: pio0 pio3 pio4 |
4999 |
|
|
DMA modes: mdma0 mdma1 mdma2 |
5000 |
|
|
UDMA modes: udma0 udma1 *udma2 udma3 udma4 |
5001 |
|
|
AdvancedPM=no |
5002 |
|
|
Drive conforms to: unknown: ATA/ATAPI-4,5,6,7 |
5003 |
|
|
|
5004 |
|
|
* signifies the current active mode |
5005 |
|
|
|
5006 |
|
|
|
5007 |
|
|
|
5008 |
|
|
|